# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # Boris Kodelja , 2023 # Tomaž Jug , 2023 # Grega Vavtar , 2023 # matjaz k , 2024 # Jasmina Macur , 2024 # Martin Trigaux, 2024 # Matjaz Mozetic , 2024 # Tadej Lupšina , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 16:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tadej Lupšina , 2024\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: sl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "Črtna koda" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " "product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " "connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " "by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations.rst:5 msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Apply inventory adjustments with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the recorded inventory counts in the database might not " "always match the actual, real inventory counts. In such cases, inventory " "adjustments can be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the " "recorded counts in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse. In" " Odoo, the *Barcode* app can be used to make these adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:10 msgid "" "These adjustments can be done in real time using an Odoo-compatible barcode " "scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:14 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • " "Hardware page `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:19 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:13 msgid "Enable Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to create and apply inventory adjustments, it " "**must** be installed by enabling the feature from the settings of the " "*Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:27 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:22 msgid "" "Once the checkbox is ticked, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page " "to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:33 msgid "" "After saving, a new drop-down menu appears under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` option, labeled :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature`, where either " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can" " be selected. Each nomenclature option determines how scanners interpret " "barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:38 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "along with a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands " "and a barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Barcode feature in Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:46 msgid "" "For more information on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "app, refer to the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and" " :doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` docs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:51 msgid "Perform an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:53 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning`" " dashboard, where different options will be displayed, including " ":guilabel:`Operations`, :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments`, and " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:57 msgid "" "To create and apply inventory adjustments, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory" " Adjustments` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:123 msgid "" "Doing so navigates to the *Barcode Inventory Client Action* page, labeled as" " :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment` in the top header section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Barcode app start screen with scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:67 msgid "" "To begin the adjustment, first scan the *source location*, which is the " "current location in the warehouse of the product whose count should be " "adjusted. Then, scan the product barcode(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:70 msgid "" "The barcode of a specific product can be scanned multiple times to increase " "the quantity of that product in the adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:74 msgid "" "If the warehouse *multi-location* feature is **not** enabled in the " "database, a source location does not need to be scanned. Instead, simply " "scan the product barcode to start the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:78 msgid "" "Alternatively, the quantity can be changed by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ " "(pencil)` icon on the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:81 msgid "" "Doing so opens a separate window with a keypad. Edit the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line to change the quantity. Additionally, the " ":guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked to add or subtract " "quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used to add quantity, as" " well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:86 msgid "" "In the below inventory adjustment, the source location `WH/Stock/Shelf/2` " "was scanned, assigning the location. Then, the barcode for the product " "`[FURN_7888] Desk Stand with Screen` was scanned 3 times, increasing the " "units in the adjustment. Additional products can be added to this adjustment" " by scanning the barcodes for those specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Barcode Inventory Client Action page with inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:95 msgid "" "To complete the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:150 msgid "" "Once applied, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen. A small green banner appears in the top right corner, confirming " "validation of the adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:180 msgid "Did you know?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:103 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:106 msgid "" "To access this demo data, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and " "click :guilabel:`stock barcodes sheet` and :guilabel:`commands for " "Inventory` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up window" " above the scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Demo data prompt pop-up on Barcode app main screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:115 msgid "Manually add products to inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:117 msgid "" "When the barcodes for the location or product are not available, Odoo " "*Barcode* can still be used to perform inventory adjustments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:120 msgid "" "To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app --> Barcode Scanning" " --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:126 msgid "" "To manually add products to this adjustment, click the white :guilabel:`➕ " "Add Product` button at the bottom of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:129 msgid "" "This navigates to a new, blank page where the desired product, quantity, and" " source location must be chosen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:0 msgid "Keypad to add products on Barcode Inventory Client Action page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:136 msgid "" "First, click the :guilabel:`Product` line, and choose the product whose " "stock count should be adjusted. Then, manually enter the quantity of that " "product, either by changing the `1` in the :guilabel:`Quantity` line, or by " "clicking the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons to add or subtract " "quantity of the product. The number pad can be used to add quantity, as " "well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:141 msgid "" "Below the number pad is the :guilabel:`location` line, which should read " "`WH/Stock` by default. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of " "locations to choose from, and choose the :guilabel:`source location` for " "this inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:145 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:147 msgid "" "To apply the inventory adjustment, click the green :guilabel:`✅ Apply` " "button with the check mark, at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "Default barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:10 msgid "" "*Barcode nomenclatures* define how barcodes are recognized and categorized. " "When a barcode is scanned, it is associated to the **first** rule with a " "matching pattern. The pattern syntax is described in Odoo's nomenclature " "list using a regular expression, and a barcode is successfully read by Odoo " "if its prefix and/or length matches the one defined in the barcode's rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* supports UPC (Universal Product Code), EAN (European Article " "Number), and GS1 encoding. The pre-configured nomenclatures in Odoo are " "*Default Nomenclature* and *Default GS1 Nomenclature*. The default " "nomenclature uses |UPC| and |EAN| encoding, and supports |UPC|/|EAN| " "conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|UPC| and |EAN| barcodes **must** be `purchased from GS1 " "`_ to use these barcodes. GS1 is" " the **only** official provider of |UPC|/|EAN| and GS1 |GTINs| in the world." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:32 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To use default nomenclature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, click " "the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` to enable barcodes. Doing " "so installs the *Barcode* app in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "Next, ensure that the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` setting is selected " "in the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` field. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Enabled barcode setting with Default Nomenclature selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the nomenclature is saved and selected, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can be accessed, via a hidden menu that is **only** " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:45 msgid "" "Once developer mode is enabled, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` menu, and select " ":guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` is specified at the top" " as the `Default Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "Under that, the :guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion` field is set to " ":guilabel:`Always`, by default. This setting determines if a |UPC|/|EAN| " "barcode should be automatically converted one way or another when trying to " "match a rule with the other encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:55 msgid "" "The other available options for this field are :guilabel:`Never`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-13 to UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`UPC-A to EAN-13`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "For |UPC|/|EAN| conversion to work for every barcode scanned, the setting in" " the :guilabel:`UPC/EAN Conversion` field **must** be set to " ":guilabel:`Always`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "The last field at the top of the page is the :guilabel:`Is GS1 Nomenclature`" " field. For the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature`, this field should remain " "unchecked. This is because the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` uses |UPC| " "and |EAN| encoding, *not* GS1 encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Default Nomenclature page setting fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "Further down the page, there is a list showcasing the :guilabel:`Rule Name`," " :guilabel:`Type`, :guilabel:`Encoding`, and :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` for" " the *rules* and *barcode patterns* that Odoo supports for the default " "nomenclature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "The :ref:`default nomenclature list ` contains all the information that can be condensed with " "a |UPC|/|EAN| barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "Use UPC/EAN barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 msgid "" "For product identification using |UPC|/|EAN| barcodes in Odoo, businesses " "**must** obtain `barcodes `_ purchased directly from GS1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 msgid "" "The |UPC| and |EAN| barcode formats are predominantly used in their own " "regions. |UPC| is used only in the United States and Canada, while |EAN| is " "used everywhere else globally." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:89 msgid "" "A |UPC| is usually a 12-digit barcode used to identify most products, while " "|EAN| barcodes use 13-digit barcodes to identify products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 msgid "" "|UPC| codes can be converted to |EAN| by prefixing them with a zero. In " "Odoo, by default, |UPC|/|EAN| barcodes are automatically converted one way " "or another when trying to match a rule with the other encoding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`default nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns and " "rules to follow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:96 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:102 msgid "" "|UPC| and |EAN| barcodes contain specific information in the barcode. " "Scanning these codes from the :ref:`default nomenclature list " "` automatically fills " "corresponding data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "Adding new barcode rules to this list ensures that non-standard (:dfn:`user-" "created`) formats are interpreted accurately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:109 msgid "" "To create new rules, first activate :ref:`developer mode `. " "Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Barcode Nomenclatures`. Select the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` list " "item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:113 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a line` " "at the bottom of the table, which opens a :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up " "window to create a new rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Create Rules pop-up window on Default Nomenclature page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:122 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Sequence` field represents the priority of the rule; meaning " "the smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:125 msgid "" "The barcode :guilabel:`Type` field represents different classifications of " "information that can be understood by the system (e.g., :guilabel:`Package`," " :guilabel:`Lot`, :guilabel:`Location`, :guilabel:`Coupon`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:129 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Encoding` field specifies which encoding the barcode uses; " "this rule **only** applies if the barcode uses this specific encoding. The " "available :guilabel:`Encoding` options are: :guilabel:`EAN-13`, " ":guilabel:`EAN-8`, :guilabel:`UPC-A`, and :guilabel:`GS1-28`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:133 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field represents how the sequence of letters" " or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information about the " "product. Odoo follows the sequential order of this table, and uses the first" " rule it matches, based on the sequence." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Barcode patterns can also define how numerical values, such as weight or " "price, are encoded in the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:141 msgid "" "They are indicated by **{NNN}**, where `N` defines where the number's digits" " are encoded. *Floats* are also supported with the decimals, indicated by " "`D`, such as **{NNNDD}**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:144 msgid "" "In this case, the barcode field on the associated records **must** show " "these digits as zeros." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " save the rule, and instantly start creating another rule. Or, click " ":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule, and return to the table of rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:151 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` field contains `.*`, it means it can " "contain **any** number of characters - those characters being **any** number" " or type of character." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:157 msgid "Default nomenclature list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's list of :guilabel:`Default Nomenclature` " "rules. Barcode patterns are written in regular expressions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:166 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Ime pravila" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:167 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "Encoding" msgstr "Kodiranje" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Vzorec črtne kode" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:170 msgid "Price Barcodes 2 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:171 msgid "Priced Product" msgstr "Cenovni izdelek" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "EAN-13" msgstr "EAN-13" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "23.....{NNNDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "Discount Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Discounted Product" msgstr "Izdelek s popustom" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:204 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:212 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:177 msgid "22{NN}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "Weight Barcodes 3 Decimals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:179 msgid "Weighted Product" msgstr "Uteženi izdelek" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:181 msgid "21.....{NNDDD}" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Customer Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Client" msgstr "Odjemalec" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:185 msgid "042" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Coupon & Gift Card Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:187 msgid "Coupon" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "043|044" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Cashier Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "Cashier" msgstr "Prodajalec" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "041" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Location barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:17 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lokacija" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "414" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Package barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package" msgstr "Programski paket" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:201 msgid "PACK" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:202 msgid "Lot barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:203 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Sklop" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:41 msgid "10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "Magnetic Credit Card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "Kreditna kartica" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:209 msgid "%.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:210 msgid "Product Barcodes" msgstr "Črtne kode proizvodov" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Enota izdelka" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid ".*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:216 msgid ":doc:`gs1_nomenclature`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates various product " "and supply chain data into a single barcode. Odoo takes in `unique Global " "Trade Item Numbers `_ (GTIN), " "purchased by businesses, to enable global shipping, sales, and eCommerce " "product listing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:17 msgid "" "Configure GS1 nomenclature to scan barcodes of sealed boxes and identify " "essential product information, such as |GTIN|, lot number, quantity " "information, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "|GTINs| are unique product identification that **must** be `purchased from " "GS1 `_ to use GS1 barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:25 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:27 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:34 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " "check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " ":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the external link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:43 msgid "" "The list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports by default is " "accessible by clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Nomenclature` pop-up table, view and edit the GS1 " ":guilabel:`Rule Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the " "information that can be condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the " "corresponding :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, the :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` settings can also be accessed by a hidden menu that's " "discoverable after enabling :ref:`developer mode `. Once " "enabled, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration -->" " Barcode Nomenclatures` menu and finally, select :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "Use GS1 barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:62 msgid "" "For product identification using GS1 barcodes in Odoo, businesses obtain a " "`unique GTIN `_ as an " "internationally distinct product identifier purchased from GS1. This |GTIN| " "is combined with specific product details following GS1's designated " "*barcode pattern*. The barcode pattern's arrangement of numbers and letters " "must adhere to GS1 conventions for accurate interpretation by global systems" " along the supply chain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "" "Every barcode starts with a 2-4 digit `application identifier " "`_ (A.I.). " "This required prefix universally indicates what kind of information the " "barcode contains. Odoo follows GS1 rules for identifying information, as " "detailed in the :ref:`default GS1 rules list `. Including the relevant |AI| from the list enables " "Odoo to correctly interpret GS1 barcodes. While most barcode patterns have a" " fixed length requirement, certain ones, such as lots and serial numbers, " "have flexible length." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "For flexible-length barcode patterns not placed at the end of the GS1 " "barcode, use the FNC1 separator (`\\\\x1D`) to end the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "Example: The barcode pattern for lot numbers is 20 characters long. Instead " "of creating a 20-character lot number barcode, like `LOT00000000000000001`, " "use the FNC1 separator to make it shorter: `LOT001\\x1D`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " "and rules to follow. Otherwise, refer to :ref:`this GS1 usage doc " "` for specific examples of combining |GTIN| to" " product information and configuring the workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid ":ref:`Lots workflow `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:91 msgid ":ref:`Non-unit quantities workflow `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:98 msgid "" "GS1 rules are a specific format of information contained in the barcode, " "beginning with an |AI| and containing a defined length of characters. " "Scanning GS1 barcodes from the :ref:`default GS1 list " "` auto-fills corresponding" " data in the Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "Adding GS1 barcode rules in Odoo ensures accurate interpretation of unique, " "non-standard GS1 formats." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:106 msgid "" "To do so, begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and " "navigating to the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. " "Then, select the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:110 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." " The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " "barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " "classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " "product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " ":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " "smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " "the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " "based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " "of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " "about the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:120 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:126 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:131 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " "setup section ` for more " "details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:134 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" " :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " "settings ` and :ref:`on the product " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " "typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " "included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." " :ref:`This section ` details how to " "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:146 msgid "" "Test barcodes containing multiple encoded fields, piece by piece, to figure " "out which field is causing the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:150 msgid "" "When testing a barcode containing the |GTIN|, lot number, and quantity, " "start by scanning the |GTIN| alone. Then, test the |GTIN| with the lot " "number, and finally, try scanning the whole barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:154 msgid "" "After diagnosing the encoded field is unknown, :ref:`add new rules " "` to Odoo's default list to recognize " "GS1 barcodes with unique specifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:159 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" " necessary to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are interpreted " "correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:166 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:168 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " "`check digit `_ as the " "final character." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:173 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:175 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:177 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:3 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Pakiranje" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:183 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:186 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:189 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:194 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Date" msgstr "Datum" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:197 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Najboljše za uporabo do" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Datum izteka" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:203 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Količina" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:206 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:208 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:213 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:217 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:219 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:221 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:225 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:77 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Tip paketa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode usage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:10 msgid "" "GS1 barcodes provide a standardized format that barcode scanners can " "interpret. They encode information in a :ref:`specific structure recognized " "globally `, allowing scanners to understand and " "process supply chain data consistently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* interprets and prints GS1 barcodes, automating product " "identification and tracking in warehouse operations such as receiving, " "picking, and shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:17 msgid "" "The following sections contain examples of how Odoo uses GS1 barcodes " "provided by the business to identify common warehouse items and automate " "certain warehouse workflows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:21 msgid "" "Odoo **does not** create GS1 barcodes. Businesses must purchase a unique " "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) from GS1. Then, they can combine their " "existing GS1 barcodes with product and supply chain information (also " "provided by GS1) to create barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:26 msgid "`Purchase GTINs `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:27 msgid ":ref:`GS1 nomenclature `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:32 msgid "Configure barcodes for product, quantity, and lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:34 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains information about a product, its " "quantities, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns and " "Application Identifiers (A.I.) are used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Name" msgstr "Ime in priimek" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:166 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:78 msgid "Product" msgstr "Izdelek" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:204 msgid "01" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:139 msgid "30" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Lot številka" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:31 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:54 msgid "" "First, :ref:`enable product tracking using lots " "` by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and checking " "the box for :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` under the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " "the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " "with the unique 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " "`_, which is a universally " "recognized identifying number that is provided by GS1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the |AI| `01` for |GTIN| product barcode pattern, " "as it is only used to encode multiple barcodes into a single barcode that " "contains detailed information about the package contents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:72 msgid "" "To record the GS1 barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit " "|GTIN| `20611628936004` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:80 msgid "" "To view a list of *all* products and their corresponding barcodes in the " "Odoo database, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the " ":guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode " "Scanner` section. Enter the 14-digit |GTIN| into the :guilabel:`Barcode` " "column, then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:92 msgid "" "After activating tracking by lots and serial numbers from the settings page," " specify that this feature is to be applied on each product by navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under " ":guilabel:`Tracking`, choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:176 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:103 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " "manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:107 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " "the list of vendor receipts to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs " "(Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " "created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:112 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " "product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:118 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for fifty apples, navigate to " "the associated receipt in the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:121 msgid "" "Scan the barcode containing the |GTIN|, quantity, and lot number. For " "testing with a barcode scanner, below is an example barcode for the fifty " "Fuji apples in Lot 2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:129 msgid "50 Fuji apples in Lot0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:200 msgid "2D Matrix" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 50 fuji apples with an assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:203 msgid "|AI| (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:136 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:205 msgid "GS1 Barcode (product)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:137 msgid "20611628936004" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:138 msgid "|AI| (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:209 msgid "GS1 Barcode (quantity)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:141 msgid "00000050" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:142 msgid "|AI| (lot)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:144 msgid "GS1 Barcode (lot #)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:145 msgid "LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:211 msgid "Full GS1 barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:147 msgid "0120611628936004 3000000050 10LOT0002" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:149 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `50/50` :guilabel:`Units` processed will be displayed and the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button turns green. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button to complete the reception." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:160 msgid "Configure barcode for product and non-unit quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:162 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:171 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:178 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:183 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:186 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:190 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode containing the |GTIN| and quantity of " "peaches in kilograms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:198 msgid "52.1 kg of Peaches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "2D matrix of GS1 barcode of 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:206 msgid "00614141000012" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:207 msgid "|AI| (kg, 1 decimal point)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:208 msgid "3101" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:210 msgid "000521" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:212 msgid "0100614141000012 3101000521" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:214 msgid "" ":ref:`If the configuration is correct `," " `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` will be displayed and the :guilabel:`Validate`" " button turns green. Finally, press :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the " "validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:223 msgid "Verify product moves" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:225 msgid "" "For additional verification, the quantities of received products are also " "recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by navigating " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst:229 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" " its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" " for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " "reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " "scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_usage.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:7 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process receipts, deliveries, and other " "types of operations in real time using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:10 msgid "" "This makes it possible to process operations on the warehouse floor when " "they happen, instead of having to wait to validate transfers from a " "computer. Processing operations this way can help to properly attribute " "barcodes to the appropriate products, pickings, locations, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:15 msgid "" "To use the *Barcode* app to process transfers, it must be installed by " "enabling the feature from the settings of the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:18 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, and click " "the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:26 msgid "" "Once the page has refreshed, new options will be displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:29 msgid "" "There is also a :guilabel:`Configure Product Barcodes` internal link arrow, " "and a set of :guilabel:`Print` buttons for printing barcode commands and a " "barcode demo sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:36 msgid "" "For more on setting up and configuring the :guilabel:`Barcode` app, refer to" " the :doc:`Set up your barcode scanner <../setup/hardware>` and " ":doc:`Activate the Barcodes in Odoo <../setup/software>` documentation " "pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:44 msgid "Scan barcodes for receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:46 msgid "" "To process warehouse receipts for incoming products, there first needs to be" " a purchase order (PO) created, and a receipt operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Create` to create a new request for " "quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "From the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, click the drop-down" " menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to add a vendor. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, then click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`" " to a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed purchase order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:64 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse receipts, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process receipts, click" " on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This " "navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Receipts` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding receipts. Then, " "select the desired receipt operation to process. This navigates to the " "barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:79 msgid "" "If *only* using a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app, the barcodes for " "each transfer of a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be " "processed easily. Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing " "transfer can be scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as " "well. Once all products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed " "with the stock moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are " "options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if " "products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation should" " be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:94 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+#` button (in this case, :guilabel:`+10`) can be " "clicked to indicate receipt of that product, or the :guilabel:`pencil` icon " "can be clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:98 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being received is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:104 msgid "" "In the reception operation `WH/IN/00019`, `10 Units` of the `Barcode " "Product` is expected to be received. `[BARCODE_PROD]` is the " ":guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product form. Scan the barcode of " "the `Barcode Product` to receive one unit. Afterwards, click the " ":guilabel:`pencil` icon to manually enter the received quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:0 msgid "Product line editor for individual transfer in Barcode app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:179 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the :guilabel:`number keys` " "can be used to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:116 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another *location* is listed on the " "product itself. Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional " "locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:211 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the changes made to the " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:122 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/IN/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "receipt has now been processed, and the :guilabel:`Barcode app` can be " "closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of receipts in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:132 msgid "Scan barcodes for delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:134 msgid "" "To process warehouse deliveries for outgoing products, there first needs to " "be a sales order (SO) created, and a delivery operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:137 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app --> Create` to create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:140 msgid "" "From the blank quotation form, click the drop-down menu next to the " ":guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer. Then, on the " ":guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to add to the " "quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:144 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the quotation to a :abbr:`SO (sales " "order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Completed sales order for barcode product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:151 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for warehouse deliveries, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:153 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented. To process deliveries, " "click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at the bottom of the screen. This" " navigates to an :guilabel:`Operations` overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:157 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and click the " ":guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding deliveries. Then, " "select the desired delivery order to process. This navigates to the barcode " "transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Operations overview page in Barcode app dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:165 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all deliveries to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the screen, there are" " options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or :guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if" " products need to be added to the operation, or if the whole operation " "should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:170 msgid "" "To process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product " "line. The :guilabel:`+1` button can be clicked to indicate delivery of that " "product, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be clicked to open a new screen " "to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:174 msgid "" "From this screen, the product that's being delivered is listed. Under the " "product name, the :guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Either change the" " `0` in the line to the desired quantity, or click the :guilabel:`/# Units` " "button (in this case, :guilabel:`/10 Units`) to automatically fill the " "quantity ordered from the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:182 msgid "" "Below the :guilabel:`number keys` is the :guilabel:`location` line, which " "reads `WH/Stock` by default, unless another location is listed on the " "product itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:185 msgid "" "This is the location that the product is being pulled from for delivery. " "Click this line to reveal a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose" " from (if this product is stored in multiple locations in the warehouse)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:190 msgid "" "For warehouses that have multiple different storage locations, putaway " "rules, and removal strategies, additional steps can be added for various " "operation types, while using the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all receipts to process within that " "transfer (**WH/OUT/000XX**), click the :guilabel:`+#` button on the product " "line for the products being received, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The " "delivery has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/receipts_deliveries.rst-1 msgid "Overview of deliveries in transfer to validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create and process transfers with barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can be used to process internal transfers for all types of" " products, including transfers for products tracked using lots or serial " "numbers. Transfers can be created from scratch in real time using an Odoo-" "compatible barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:9 msgid "" "For a list of Odoo-compatible barcode mobile scanners, and other hardware " "for the *Inventory* app, refer to the `Odoo Inventory • Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:24 msgid "" "When the page has refreshed, new options are displayed under the " ":guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` feature: :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` (with " "a corresponding drop-down menu), where either :guilabel:`Default " "Nomenclature` or :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` can be selected. The " "nomenclature selected changes how scanners interpret barcodes in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:41 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:43 msgid "" "To create and process internal transfers for products in a warehouse, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features " "**must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click" " the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:50 msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the page to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:53 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:55 msgid "" "To process existing internal transfers, there first needs to be an internal " "transfer created, and an operation to process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:58 msgid "" "To create an internal transfer, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app`. From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, locate the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click on the :guilabel:`0 To " "Process` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:62 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Create` in the top left of the resulting page. This " "navigates to a new :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:65 msgid "" "On this blank form, the :guilabel:`Operation Type` is automatically listed " "as :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`. Under that field, the :guilabel:`Source " "Location` and :guilabel:`Destination Location` are set as " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` by default, but can be changed to whichever locations " "the products are being moved from, and moved to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "" "Blank internal transfer form with source location and destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:74 msgid "" "Once the desired locations have been selected, products can be added to the " "transfer. On the :guilabel:`Product` line under the :guilabel:`Products` " "tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select the desired product(s) to " "add to the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:78 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save the new " "internal transfer. Once saved, click the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "icon (four lines, at the far right of the :guilabel:`Product` line) to open " "the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Internal transfer detailed operations pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:86 msgid "From the pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`To` column, change the location from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to a different location, where the products should be " "moved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:91 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Done` column, change the quantity to the desired " "quantity to transfer. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close out the" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:95 msgid "Scan barcodes for internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:97 msgid "" "To process and scan barcodes for internal transfers, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Barcode app`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:99 msgid "" "Once inside the :guilabel:`Barcode app`, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` " "screen displaying different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:102 msgid "" "To process internal transfers, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` button at" " the bottom of the screen. This navigates to an :menuselection:`Operations` " "overview page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:109 msgid "" "From this page, locate the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card, and click " "the :guilabel:`# To Process` button to view all outstanding internal " "transfers. Then, select the desired operation to process. This navigates to " "the barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:114 msgid "" "When using the *Barcode* app without the *Inventory* app (**only** if using " "a barcode scanner or the Odoo mobile app), the barcodes for each transfer of" " a corresponding operation type can be scanned to be processed easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:118 msgid "" "Once scanned, the products that are part of an existing transfer can be " "scanned, and new products can be added to the transfer, as well. Once all " "products have been scanned, validate the transfer to proceed with the stock " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:122 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. At the bottom of the" " screen, there are options to :guilabel:`Add Product` or " ":guilabel:`Validate`, depending on if products need to be added to the " "operation, or if the whole operation should be validated at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:131 msgid "" "Then, scan the barcode of the product to process the internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:133 msgid "" "Or, to process and scan each product individually, choose a specific product" " line. The :guilabel:`+ 1` button can be clicked to add additional quantity " "of that product to the transfer, or the :guilabel:`pencil icon` can be " "clicked to open a new screen to edit that product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:137 msgid "" "In the product's pop-up window, the product and the units to process is " "displayed with a number pad. Under the product name, the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` line can be edited. Change the number in the line to " "the quantity listed to be transferred on the internal transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:142 msgid "" "In the internal transfer operation `WH/INT/000XX`, `50 Units` of the " "`Transfer Product` is moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. " "`[TRANSFER_PROD]` is the :guilabel:`Internal Reference` set on the product " "form. Scan the barcode of the `Transfer Product` to receive one unit. " "Afterwards, click the :guilabel:`pencil icon` to manually enter the " "transferred quantities." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:151 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`+1` and :guilabel:`-1` buttons can be clicked " "to add or subtract quantity of the product, and the number keys can be used " "to add quantity, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:154 msgid "" "Below the number keys are the two :guilabel:`location` lines, which read " "whichever locations were previously specified on the internal transfer form," " in this case `WH/Stock` and `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`. Click these lines to reveal" " a drop-down menu of additional locations to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:160 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The receipt has now" " been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:165 msgid "" "The *Barcode* app can also be used to scan products in internal transfers " "containing unique lot numbers and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:168 msgid "" "From the barcode transfer screen, scan the barcode of a lot or serial " "number, and Odoo automatically increases the quantity of the product to the " "quantity recorded in the database. If the same lot or serial number is " "shared between different products, scan the product barcode first, then the " "barcode of the lot/serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:174 msgid "Create a transfer from scratch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:176 msgid "" "In addition to processing and scanning barcodes for existing, previously-" "created internal transfers, the *Barcode* app can also be used to create " "transfers from scratch, simply by scanning a printed operation type barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:182 msgid "" "Odoo's *Barcode* application provides demo data with barcodes to explore the" " features of the app. These can be used for testing purposes, and can be " "printed from the home screen of the app. To access this demo data, navigate " "to the :menuselection:`Barcode app` and click :guilabel:`stock barcodes " "sheet` (bolded and highlighted in blue) in the information pop-up above the " "scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:191 msgid "" "To do this, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode app`. Once inside " "the *Barcode* app, a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` screen displaying " "different options is presented." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:194 msgid "" "From this screen, when using a USB or bluetooth barcode scanner, directly " "scan the product barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:196 msgid "" "When using a smartphone as the barcode scanner, click the :guilabel:`Tap to " "Scan` button (next to the camera icon, at the center of the screen). This " "opens a :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` pop-up screen that enables the camera of" " the device being used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:200 msgid "" "Face the camera toward the printed operation type barcode to scan it. Doing " "so processes the barcode, and navigates to a barcode transfer screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:203 msgid "" "From this screen, an overview of all products to process within that " "specific internal transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**) is shown. Since this is a new " "transfer created from scratch, however, there should not be any products " "listed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:207 msgid "" "To add products, scan the product barcode. If the barcode is not available, " "manually enter the product into the system by clicking the :guilabel:`Add " "Product` button at the bottom of the screen, and add the products and " "product quantities that should be transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst-1 msgid "Blank product editor in scratch internal transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:217 msgid "" "Then, from the overview page with all products to process within that " "transfer (**WH/INT/000XX**), click :guilabel:`Validate`. The internal " "transfer has now been processed, and the *Barcode* app can be closed out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Nastavitve" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:3 msgid "Barcode device troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* supports three main types of barcode scanners: USB scanners, " "bluetooth scanners, and mobile computer scanners. While configuring each " "type of scanner, common issues may arise, in which the scanners do not work " "as intended, and Odoo returns errors to the device." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:9 msgid "" "Read the sections below to identify general and unique device issues, " "related to specific, popular types of scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:13 msgid "General issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:15 msgid "" "Refer to the following sections below for common issues involving popular " "barcode scanner devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:17 msgid "" "For issues related to specific devices, refer to the :ref:`Android scanners " "` section for mobile computer scanners, or " "to the :ref:`Screenless scanners ` " "section for USB and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:22 msgid "Barcode cannot be read" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:24 msgid "" "One common issue encountered when using barcode scanners is an error " "resulting from barcodes that cannot be read." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:27 msgid "This can occur due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:29 msgid "The barcode is damaged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:30 msgid "" "The device cannot read the required barcode type (some scanners can only " "read 2D barcodes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:31 msgid "" "The barcode being scanned is on a screen. Some scanners don't support this, " "and the barcodes **must** be printed out to be scanned. This is most common " "with 1D barcodes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:33 msgid "" "The device has no battery, or is broken. To rule this out, follow the " "troubleshooting instructions in the following sections." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "Odoo returns barcode error" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:39 msgid "" "All types of barcode scanners have their own device \"language\", which " "affects how they output barcode data to Odoo's *Barcode* app. Sometimes, " "this can cause Odoo *Barcode* to return a barcode error after scanning. This" " could be due to any of the following reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" "The computer is configured with a different keyboard layout than the barcode" " scanner. To rule this out, ensure that the device is configured with the " "same keyboard layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:46 msgid "" "For example, if the computer is configured to use an FR-BE keyboard, " "configure the scanner to send FR-BE keystrokes. The same logic applies if " "using a tablet instead of a computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:49 msgid "" "For more information on configuring keystrokes, refer to the :doc:`Barcode " "scanner setup ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:51 msgid "" "For mobile computer scanners (such as Zebra devices, for example), the " "scanner might interpret the barcode differently than intended. To rule this " "out, scan a test barcode to see how the scanner interprets the barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:58 msgid "Android scanners" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:60 msgid "" "The most recent barcode scanner models using Android and Google Chrome " "should work with Odoo. However, due to the variety of models and " "configurations, it is recommended to first test a scanner's compatibility " "with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:64 msgid "" "The Zebra product line is recommended; specifically, the **Zebra TC21 (WiFi-" "only)**, and **Zebra TC26 (WiFi/cellular)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:68 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode compatible hardware " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "Barcode app does not give feedback" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:73 msgid "" "By default, Android barcode scanners pre-process the barcode, then send a " "full text. Since Odoo *Barcode* does not read this type of output, settings " "for each type of scanner **must** be configured correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:77 msgid "" "Odoo *Barcode* expects that the scanner works like an analogue keyboard, and" " so, only detects *key events*. Refer to the following sections for " "configuration settings for the most popular devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:81 msgid "Zebra TC21/TC26" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:76 msgid "" "When using Zebra scanners, ensure the following keystroke configurations are" " set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:78 msgid "" "Begin on the Zebra scanner's home screen, and select the " ":guilabel:`DataWedge` app (the app is represented by a :guilabel:`(light " "blue barcode)` icon)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`DataWedge Profiles` page, select the profile option to " "access the Zebra scanner's settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:92 msgid "" "Once the profile is selected, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Keyboard Output`" " option, and ensure the :guilabel:`Enable/disable keystroke output` option " "is :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Show keystroke option in the Zebra scanner's DataWedge app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:99 msgid "" "Once that option is enabled, go back to the :guilabel:`Profile` options " "page, and go to the :guilabel:`Keystroke output` section. Then, open the " ":guilabel:`Key event options` submenu. Under :guilabel:`Characters`, ensure " "the :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Send Characters as Events` option **must** be checked on the " "Zebra scanner, or Odoo **cannot** recognize the barcodes that are scanned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:106 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:110 msgid "MUNBYN Android devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:112 msgid "" "When using MUNBYN Android scanners, ensure the following configurations are " "set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:114 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`AppSettings`. On the " "resulting page, locate the :guilabel:`Process mode` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Keyboard input`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Process mode section on MUNBYN scanner's AppSettings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:122 msgid "" "The selected *Process mode* controls how data is processed after barcode " "data has been read out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:124 msgid "" "*Keyboard input* enters read-out data at the position of the cursor, the " "same as input data on an analogue keyboard would." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:127 msgid "" "Once the above steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "MUNBYN Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:130 msgid "Why is there no data output in the app after a successful scan?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:132 msgid "" "When scanning a barcode, the scanner might beep, indicating a successful " "scan, but there is no data output in the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:135 msgid "" "To fix this issue, adjust the output method to *keyboard analogue* in the " "*Scanner* app on the device." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:138 msgid "" "From the device's home screen, click :menuselection:`Scanner App --> " "Settings`. From the :guilabel:`Settings` page, click :guilabel:`Output " "Mode`. The resulting pop-up window presents the different output options " "available to users. Select :guilabel:`Keyboard Mode`, then click " ":guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Output mode pop-up window on MUNBYN scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:147 msgid "" "Go back to the app that needs to be scanned, and click on the input dialog " "box first before scanning. Finally, perform a test scan to ensure the MUNBYN" " Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:152 msgid "Datalogic Android devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:154 msgid "" "When using Datalogic Android scanners, ensure the following configurations " "are set to prevent errors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:157 msgid "" "To view and configure all settings for the scanner, use the *Settings* app " "on the Datalogic Android device. From the applications menu, select " ":menuselection:`Settings --> System --> Scanner Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:161 msgid "" "From the resulting list of settings, select :guilabel:`Wedge`. From this " "menu, under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, ensure that the " ":guilabel:`Enable keyboard wedge` feature is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, also under the :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode` option. By default, the input mode is " "set to :guilabel:`Text injection`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Wedge configuration menu on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:172 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Keyboard wedge input mode`, and change the setting to " ":guilabel:`Key pressure`. This ensures that scanned barcodes are translated " "into keyboard strokes, instead of being injected into the text area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Keyboard wedge input mode selection on Datalogic scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:180 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Datalogic Android scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:186 msgid "Screenless scanners" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:188 msgid "" "Screenless scanners are barcode scanning devices that have no screens. These" " include USB scanners and bluetooth scanners." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:192 msgid "" "Odoo supports most USB and Bluetooth barcode scanners, as they all emulate a" " keyboard. However, to verify that a scanner is compatible with a specific " "keyboard layout (or can be configured to do so), refer to Odoo's `Inventory " "& Barcode compatible hardware `_ documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:198 msgid "NETUM devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, the NETUM barcode scanner's user manual only shows the French " "keyboard configuration. To use the Belgian keyboard, scan the code below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst-1 msgid "Belgian FR key barcode." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:207 msgid "" "Once that code has been scanned, ensure the NETUM scanner has the correct " "keyboard configuration, and is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:211 msgid ":doc:`../setup/hardware`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/device_troubleshooting.rst:212 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:165 msgid ":doc:`../setup/software`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Barcode scanner setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Follow this guide to choose and set up a barcode scanner compatible with " "Odoo's *Inventory* and *Barcode* apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "An image of an example barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "Scanner types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:17 msgid "" "Before setting up a barcode scanner, it is important to determine which type" " of scanner best meets the needs of the business. There are three main types" " of scanners that can be used with Odoo, each with their own benefits and " "use cases:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:21 msgid "" "**USB scanners** are connected to a computer, and are suitable for " "businesses that scan products at a fixed location, like at the checkout line" " in a grocery store." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" "**Bluetooth scanners** pair with a smartphone or tablet, making them both a " "cost-effective and portable barcode scanner option. In this scenario, Odoo " "is installed on the smartphone, allowing warehouse operators to handle " "operations, and check stock, directly through their mobile devices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" "**Mobile computer scanners** are mobile devices with a built-in barcode " "scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:29 msgid "" "If using a USB scanner, ensure the scanner is compatible with the keyboard " "layout of the computer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "If using a mobile computer scanner, ensure the device can run the Odoo " "mobile app properly. Recent models that use Android OS with the Google " "Chrome browser, or Windows OS with Microsoft Edge, should work. However, " "testing is crucial due to the variety of available models and " "configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:38 msgid "" "`Odoo Inventory & Barcode • Compatible Hardware " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:43 msgid "" "When setting up the barcode scanner, make sure the following configurations " "are correct so the scanner can properly interpret barcodes with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:49 msgid "" "When using a USB barcode scanner, match its keyboard layout with the " "operating system's layout for proper interpretation of characters. " "Generally, the scanning mode should be set to accept a USB keyboard (HID), " "with the language set based on the keyboard that is in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:53 msgid "" "To configure the keyboard layout for a **Zebra** scanner, scan the keyboard " "wedge barcode for the desired language in the scanner's user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "Example of a user manual for keyboard layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:60 msgid "" "Examples of keyboard language settings in the Zebra scanner user manual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:63 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:65 msgid "" "Odoo has a default 100-millisecond delay between scans to prevent accidental" " double scanning. To synchronize with the barcode scanner, set it to include" " a *carriage return* (:dfn:`character like the \"Enter\" key on a keyboard`)" " after each scan. Odoo interprets the carriage return as the end of the " "barcode input; so Odoo accepts the scan, and waits for the next one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:70 msgid "" "Typically, on the scanner, a carriage return is included by default. Ensure " "it is set by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual, like `CR suffix" " ON` or `Apply Enter for suffix`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:74 msgid "Zebra scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:85 msgid "" "It is **not** suggested to use the \"DWDemo\" profile, as it does not work " "properly in every circumstance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:88 msgid "" "Instead, it is recommended to create a new, personal profile. Once a new " "profile is created, add the *Odoo Mobile* app and *Google Chrome* app in the" " :guilabel:`Associated Apps` on the scanner's home screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:107 msgid "" "Once all those steps have been taken, perform a test scan to ensure the " "Zebra scanner is working properly, as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:111 msgid "Honeywell mobile computer scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:113 msgid "" "When using Honeywell scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:116 msgid "" "Begin on the Honeywell scanner's home screen, and select " ":guilabel:`Settings`, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Honeywell Settings`, followed by :guilabel:`Scanning`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:120 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Internal Scanner`, followed by " ":guilabel:`Default Profile`. From the resulting list of options, select " ":guilabel:`Data Processing Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:123 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Data Processing Settings` specify how barcode data is " "processed by the computer. Locate the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting. By " "default, this is set to :guilabel:`Standard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Data processing settings options for Honeywell scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:130 msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Wedge Method` setting to :guilabel:`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:132 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Honeywell " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:136 msgid "Cipherlab mobile computer scanner" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:138 msgid "" "When using Cipherlab scanners, follow the instructions below to ensure " "barcodes can be scanned in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:141 msgid "" "Begin on the Cipherlab scanner's home screen, and navigate to the " ":menuselection:`App Drawer (All Applications)`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`ReaderConfig` app, represented by an orange :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)`" " icon over a blue :guilabel:`(barcode)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:145 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Default Profile`, or create a new profile, if " "needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:147 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`General Settings`, click :guilabel:`Data Output`, " "followed by :guilabel:`Keyboard Emulation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner data output setting page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:154 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Input Method`, under :guilabel:`Keyboard " "Emulation`, is set to :guilabel:`Default Mode`. Change this setting to " ":guilabel:`KeyEvent`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst-1 msgid "Cipherlab scanner keyboard emulation settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:161 msgid "" "After completing the steps, conduct a test scan to verify the Cipherlab " "scanner is working as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:51 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " "Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " "their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," " GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " "barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:73 msgid "" "In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." " This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " "and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " "it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " "license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:78 msgid "" "Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " "However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " "possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Zaloga" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" " system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " "replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management.rst:5 msgid "Product management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment.rst:5 msgid "Product replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:3 msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " "replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" " sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " "vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " "product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " "order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " "sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" " being ordered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:17 msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " "is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " "However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:23 msgid "" "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" " --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " "button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " "that are currently archived." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:31 msgid "" "Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" " the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" "down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "" "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " "available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " "now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:47 msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:49 msgid "" "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " "use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " "existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:53 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section, along with one other route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:57 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " "another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" " replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " "it, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:65 msgid "" "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " "makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:69 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" " :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst-1 msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:76 msgid "" "If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " "(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " "smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:81 msgid "" "On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " "on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " "the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:85 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:88 msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "" "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" " created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." " The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " "to |MTO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:94 msgid "" "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " "is created upon confirmation of a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:98 msgid "" "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " "always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " "there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " "without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:102 msgid "" "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " "the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " "navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," " which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:106 msgid "" "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" " product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:110 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " "the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " "purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " "the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " ":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "" "Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " "the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/mto.rst:120 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" " order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " "shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:3 msgid "Reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:7 msgid "" "Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " "threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" " specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " "maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:11 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " "to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " "Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " "product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " "created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " "route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:17 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Automatic Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Manual Reordering Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:21 msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:23 msgid "" "In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " "configured. Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one" " by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:27 msgid "" "On the product form, under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make " "sure the :guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "This is necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable " "products, and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:35 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " "from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " "to replenish the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:42 msgid "" "If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " "the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." " This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " "that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" " should be purchased from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:51 msgid "" "If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " "needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " "is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " "with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:55 msgid "" "If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," " select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "product form, then click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill" " of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:64 msgid "Create new reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:66 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`New`, and " "fill out the new line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " "without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " "number, a replenishment order for the product is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:74 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " "to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:75 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " "batches of 20)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " "value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:85 msgid "" "Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product. Then, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button," " and click :guilabel:`New` to fill out the new line, as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:90 msgid "" "For advanced usage of reordering rules, learn about the following reordering" " rule fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:92 msgid ":ref:`Trigger `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:93 msgid ":ref:`Visibility days `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:94 msgid ":ref:`Route `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "Sprožilec" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101 msgid "" "When stock falls below the reordering rule's minimum, set the reordering " "rule's *trigger* to *automatic* to automatically create purchase or " "manufacturing orders to replenish stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:104 msgid "" "Alternatively, setting the reordering rule's trigger to *manual* displays " "the product and forecasted stock on the *replenishment dashboard*, where the" " procurement manager can review the stock levels, lead times, and forecasted" " dates of arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard is accessible by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 msgid "" "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`(slider)` icon, located to the far-right of the column titles, " "and enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` option from the additional options drop-" "down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Trigger field by toggling it in the additional options menu" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:124 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or " ":guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different" " types of reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Samodejno" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid "" "Automatic reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generates purchase or " "manufacturing orders when:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133 msgid "the scheduler runs, and the *On Hand* quantity is below the minimum" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 msgid "" "a sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the " "product below the minimum" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:138 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:140 msgid "" "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure " ":ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click" " the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that " "appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:145 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:148 msgid "" "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger " "when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of " "`5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering " "rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " "Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> " "Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:160 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164 msgid "" "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in " "the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:170 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Ročno" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 msgid "" "Manual reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's " ":guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, lists a product on the " "replenishment dashboard when the forecasted quantity falls below a specified" " minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, because they are " "needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, but the forecasted quantity is not " "enough." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:177 msgid "" "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers " "sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It " "displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:182 msgid "" "If the one-day window for ordering products is too short, skip to the " ":ref:`visibility days ` " "section to make the need appear on the replenishment dashboard a specified " "number of days in advance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:186 msgid "" "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the " ":guilabel:`Order Once` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order " "with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:196 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:199 msgid "" "Ensure :doc:`lead times " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates>` are" " understood before proceeding with this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:202 msgid "" "When :ref:`manual reordering rules `" " are assigned to a product, *visibility days* make the product appear on the" " replenishment dashboard (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> " "Replenishment`) a certain number of days in advance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208 msgid "" "A product has a manual reordering rule set to trigger when the stock level " "falls below four units. The current on-hand quantity is ten units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:211 msgid "" "The current date is February 20th, and the *delivery date* on a sales order " "(in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab) is March 3rd — twelve days from the " "current date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:214 msgid "" "The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days," " and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:217 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to " "zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before " "the delivery date, which, in this case, is February 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "" "Graphic representing when the need appears on the replenishment dashboard: " "Feb 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 msgid "" "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, " "February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:228 msgid "" "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the " "replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need " "appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:231 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:236 msgid "" "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need " "for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:239 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:241 msgid "" "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in" " this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 msgid "" "Show the replenishment dashboard with the correct and incorrect visibility " "days set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 msgid "Route" msgstr "Proga" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:253 msgid "" "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" " to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " "the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:257 msgid "" "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " "rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected." " To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:263 msgid "" "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` " "icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the " ":guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 msgid "" "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down " "menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " "preferred route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst-1 msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:274 msgid "" "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " "for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " "that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:3 msgid "Scrap inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a product in inventory may be damaged or found to be " "defective. If it is not possible to repair or return the product, Odoo " "*Inventory* allows users to scrap it, ensuring that usable inventory counts " "remain accurate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:25 msgid "" "Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " "was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:14 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. Remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "virtual locations. Finally, select the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a product removes it from physical inventory, and " "places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual Locations/Scrap*. A virtual " "location is **not** a physical space, but rather a designation in Odoo that " "is used to track items that are no longer in physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:30 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "Več o tem" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:25 msgid "" "For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about " "the different types of :ref:`locations " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:29 msgid "Scrap from stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:31 msgid "" "To scrap a product located in inventory, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Scrap`. On the :guilabel:`Scrap" " Orders` page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new scrap order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:35 msgid "" "On the scrap order, select the product being scrapped from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the " "location where the product is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` " "defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be " "changed by selecting a different location from their respective drop-down " "menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "A new scrap order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:45 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to scrap the product. The on-hand " "inventory count for the scrapped product updates to subtract the scrapped " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:49 msgid "Scrap from a receipt, transfer, or delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to scrap products during the receipt, transfer, and " "delivery operations. This can be necessary if any products are found to be " "defective when receiving them into inventory, transferring them from one " "location to another, or preparing them for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:55 msgid "" "To scrap a product during the receipt, transfer, or delivery operations, " "begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. On the " ":guilabel:`Overview` page, select the :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the" " :guilabel:`Receipts`, :guilabel:`Internal Transfers`, or " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, depending on the type of operation the " "product is being scrapped from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:61 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` card to appear on the " ":menuselection:`Overview` page of the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:66 msgid "" "Alternatively, a list of all delivery orders, receipts, and transfers can be" " viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> " "Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:69 msgid "" "Next, open a delivery order, receipt, or transfer from the corresponding " "page by clicking on it. A :guilabel:`Scrap` button appears at the top of the" " page. Click it to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The scrap pop-up in the Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scrap` button will only appear on a receipt that has been " "validated. This is because Odoo only allows products to be scrapped once " "they have been entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:81 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window, select the product being scrapped " "from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Then, enter the quantity in the" " :guilabel:`Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:84 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` defaults to the location where the product " "is stored, and the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` defaults to :guilabel:`Virtual" " Locations/Scrap`, but either of these can be changed by selecting a " "different location from their respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the product. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window disappears and a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears in the top right of the page. Click it to view all of the " "scrap orders created from that operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/scrap_inventory.rst-1 msgid "The Scraps smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " "*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " "strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " "the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " "use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:56 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" "The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " "forecast quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:23 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " "product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " "orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " "automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " "the maximum stock level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:28 msgid "" "Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " "from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " "order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " "**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:38 msgid "" "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" " the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:41 msgid "" "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " "generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" " reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " "forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:45 msgid "" "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " "forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:48 msgid "" "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " "customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " "needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " "Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" " are both `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:66 msgid "" "For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " "forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " "products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " "normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " "and security lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " "or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " "product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " "the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " "found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" " tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " "By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " "tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " "replenishment report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " "current needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " ":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " "in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " "and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " "columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " "product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " "smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:98 msgid "Replenishment report fields" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:100 msgid "" "The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " "these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " "icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " "field to make it visible." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:105 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:108 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " "orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " ":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" " is configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " ":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " "below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " "replenishment is requested)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:117 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " "being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:119 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " "available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " "is triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " "after replenishing the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " "quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " "products are replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " "will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " "Orders` button is clicked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:131 msgid "" "By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " "required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " "changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:135 msgid "" "To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " ":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " ":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:138 msgid "" "When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " "|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:141 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " "replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" " the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " ":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " "created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " "that triggered the rule as the source document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:158 msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:160 msgid "" "Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " "hidden by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:169 msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:163 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:166 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:167 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:168 msgid "" "Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " "on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:172 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " "warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:176 msgid "" "To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " "desired product to open its product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:179 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " "section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:182 msgid "" "For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" " route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:186 msgid "" "For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " "route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " "route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " "which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " "the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst:192 msgid "" "The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/strategies.rst-1 msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:3 msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "Merske enote" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:11 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " "metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " "imperial system. In that case, the business needs to convert the units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "Another case for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big " "pack from a supplier, and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo can be set up to use different *units of measure (UoM)* for one " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:23 msgid "" "To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the" " :guilabel:`Products` section, activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` " "setting. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:32 msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "After enabling the *Units of Measure* setting, view the default units of " "measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit conversion; Odoo can " "convert a product's units from one unit to another **only** if both units " "belong to the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:43 msgid "" "Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " "highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" " Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " "new units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a new unit, first select the correct category from the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure Categories` page. For example, to sell a product" " in a box of six units, click the :guilabel:`Unit` category line. Then, on " "the category page that appears, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the " ":guilabel:`Units of Measure` tab. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` " "field, title the new unit, such as `Box of 6`, then in the :guilabel:`Type` " "field, select the appropriate size reference, such as :guilabel:`Bigger than" " the reference Unit of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:54 msgid "" "If applicable, enter a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category`, which is a globally " "recognized `code managed by GS1 `_, that **must** " "be purchased in order to use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter how many individual units are in the " "new |UOM|, such as `6.00000` when using the example of the `6-Pack` (since a" " box of six is six times *bigger* than the reference unit, `1.00000`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "" "Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" " category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:66 msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:68 msgid "" "To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products` and select a product to open its product form" " page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " "Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " "The specified unit is also the unit used to keep track of the product's " "inventory and internal transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:75 msgid "" "Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field to specify the unit of measure that " "the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:81 msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:83 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts unit measurements when products have different " ":abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` and purchase :abbr:`UoMs (Units of " "Measure)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:86 msgid "This occurs in various scenarios, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:88 msgid "" ":ref:`Vendor orders `: purchase " "|UOM| on purchase orders (POs) converts to |UOM| on internal warehouse " "documents" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:90 msgid "" ":ref:`Automatic replenishment `: " "generates |POs| when the stock levels of a product (tracked in |UOM|) dips " "below a certain level. But, the |POs| are created using the purchase |UOM|" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Sell products `: if a " "different |UOM| is used on the sales order (SO), the quantity is converted " "to the warehouse's preferred |UOM| on the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:100 msgid "Buy products in the purchase UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the *Purchase* app, Odoo " "automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. If " "needed, manually edit the :guilabel:`UoM` value on the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:106 msgid "" "After the |RFQ| is confirmed into a |PO|, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button at the top of the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:109 msgid "" "Odoo automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " "sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " "delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:113 msgid "" "When the product's purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is `Box of 6`, and its " "sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |PO| shows the quantity in " "boxes of six, and the receipt (and other internal warehouse documents) shows" " the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of a purchase order that is using the purchase unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:121 msgid "" "An order of three quantities is placed using the purchase \"UoM\": `Box of " "6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:0 msgid "Image of receipt displaying the unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:127 msgid "" "Upon warehouse receipt, the recorded quantities are in the internal \"Unit " "of Measure\": `Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:169 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Polnjenje zalog" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:135 msgid "" "A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " "the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:138 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The" " purchase unit of measure can be manually edited in the :guilabel:`Quantity`" " field, if needed. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to create the |RFQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:143 msgid "" "A |PO| can **only** be automatically generated if at least **one** vendor is" " listed in the product form's :guilabel:`Purchase` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst-1 msgid "Click Replenish button to manually replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:150 msgid "" "Navigate to the created |PO| by clicking the :guilabel:`Forecasted` smart " "button on the product form. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Forecasted " "Inventory` section, and in the :guilabel:`Requests for quotation` line, " "click the |RFQ| reference number to open the draft |RFQ|. If necessary, the " "purchase |UOM| can be edited directly on the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:158 msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:160 msgid "" "When creating a new quotation in the *Sales* app, Odoo automatically uses " "the product's specified unit of measure. If needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can " "be manually edited on the quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:163 msgid "" "After the quotation is sent to the customer, and confirmed into a sales " "order (SO), click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the " "|SO|. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the product's " "inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the delivery " "shows the converted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/uom.rst:168 msgid "" "For example, if the product's |UOM| on the |SO| was changed to `Box of 6`, " "but its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the |SO| shows the quantity in" " boxes of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking.rst:5 msgid "Product tracking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:3 msgid "Difference between lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* and *serial numbers* are the two ways to identify and track products " "in Odoo. While there are similarities between the two traceability methods, " "there are also notable differences that affect receipts, deliveries, and " "inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:9 msgid "" "A *lot* usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse. However, it can also " "pertain to a batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:13 msgid "" "A *serial number* is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " or products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:23 msgid "" "To track products using lots and serial numbers, the *Lots & Serial Numbers*" " feature must be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:26 msgid "" "To do that, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:35 msgid "When to use lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:37 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities, such as clothes or food. Lots and can be used to trace a product" " back to a group, which is especially useful when managing product recalls " "or expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "Created lot with quantity of products in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:46 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps identify a number of products in a single group, and allows for " "end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their life " "cycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:52 msgid "When to use serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:54 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply " "chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services related to products they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:0 msgid "List of serial numbers for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:63 msgid "" "Serial numbers can contain many different types of characters: numbers, " "letters, typographical symbols, or a mixture of all three types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Sledljivost" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:69 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire life cycle of a product. These reports include vital information, " "like where it came from (and when), where it was stored, and to whom it was " "sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:73 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group products by lots and/or " "serial numbers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:77 msgid "" "From here, products with lots or serial numbers assigned to them are listed " "by default. They can also be expanded to show what lots or serial numbers " "have been specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:80 msgid "" "To group by lots or serial numbers, first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:85 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing lots and serial numbers, and each can be " "expanded to show all product quantities with that assigned number. For " "unique serial numbers that are *not* reused, there should *only* be one " "product per serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst-1 msgid "Reporting page with drop-down lists of lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences.rst:94 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual lot number or serial " "number, click the line item for the lot or serial number to reveal that " "specific number's :guilabel:`Lot` or :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From " "this form, click the :guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart" " buttons to see all stock on-hand using that serial number. Any operations " "made using that lot or serial number can be found here, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " "of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " "reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " "expired products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " "can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" " assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " "companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " "buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`../product_tracking/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" " be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " "features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " "Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " ":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " "features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " "product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:42 msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " "expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " "for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " "information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " ":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:57 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " "also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " "appears to the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:65 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " "to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" " recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" " the same lot, if any issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:77 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " "information to configure for the product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " "(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " "become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " "in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " "dangerous yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which the goods should be removed from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " "which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" " particular serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:90 msgid "" "The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " "date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " "manufactured in-house." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:96 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " "expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " "receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " "they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:101 msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" " the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " "request for quotation (RFQ)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:107 msgid "" "Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " "converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " "to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:118 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " "The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." " The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " "assigned lot or serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:0 msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:127 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " "located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:130 msgid "" "In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " "number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " "the product form (if previously configured)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " "this date can be manually entered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:147 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`; and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:153 msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:155 msgid "" "Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " "To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " "(MO) needs to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:158 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " ":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" " the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " ":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" " materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:172 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:174 msgid "" "Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " "from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " "automatically assign a new lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:177 msgid "" "Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" " :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " "form for that specific number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:183 msgid "" "On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " "that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " "information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " "or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:193 msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:195 msgid "" "Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " "other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " "create a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:198 msgid "" "To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " "quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:201 msgid "" "Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " ":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:204 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " "date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:208 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " "order to see the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " ":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " "process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " "customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:215 msgid "" "If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " "product form, then no alerts will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " "set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " "of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " "remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " "expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " "Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:226 msgid ":doc:`../../warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:229 msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:231 msgid "" "To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:234 msgid "" "Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" " bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," " and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " "menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " "the assigned lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:245 msgid "Expiration alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:247 msgid "" "To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " "Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " "form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " "related to the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " "form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " "earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:257 msgid "" "After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " "Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " "either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " ":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " "are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" " :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst:265 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates.rst-1 msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:3 msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" " usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " "currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" " batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:9 msgid "" "Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " "properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " "This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " "for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " "lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " "quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " "back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " "expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:24 msgid "" "To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " "enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " "the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:36 msgid "Track products by lots" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:38 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " "this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " "and choose a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " "form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " "assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:48 msgid "" "If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " "serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" " lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:56 msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:58 msgid "" "New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " "number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" " Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " "separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " "automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:64 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " "follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " "number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " "and changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " "field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " "menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:72 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " "added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:86 msgid "" "After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " "product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" " app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " "product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:90 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " "product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" " assigned to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:95 msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:97 msgid "" "Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " "For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " "form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " "order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:104 msgid "Manage lots on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:106 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " "purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:111 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " "information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " "to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " "(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:115 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:118 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " "confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " "product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" "up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " "number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:133 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " ":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:137 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " "column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:140 msgid "" "There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:142 msgid "" "**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" " location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:151 msgid "" "If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " "additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " "the :guilabel:`Demand`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:155 msgid "" "**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " "all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " "assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" " Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" " lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " ":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " "entered in each of the lot number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:0 msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:165 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:168 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" " assigned, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:174 msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:176 msgid "" "Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " "sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:178 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " "--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:181 msgid "" "On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" " :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:185 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:187 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " ":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:191 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:194 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " "Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:198 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" " there is enough stock in that particular lot)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:202 msgid "" "If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " ":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " "in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " "total quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:207 msgid "" "The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " "selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " "(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " "also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " "lot to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:213 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:215 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " "quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" " the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:223 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:228 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " "the same lot number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:232 msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:234 msgid "" "In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " "products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " "be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:237 msgid "" "For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" " the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:240 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " "type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:244 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " "page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " "enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" " the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " ":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" " to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:249 msgid "" "For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " "the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " "Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:258 msgid "" "For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " "useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" " warehouse receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:262 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:264 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " "entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " "stored, and who (and when) it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:267 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:271 msgid "" "From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " "assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:274 msgid "" "To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " "search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " "the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:278 msgid "" "Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst-1 msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots.rst:286 msgid ":doc:`differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:189 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:159 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakiranja" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:7 msgid "" "A *package* is a physical container holding one or more products. Packages " "can also be used to store items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:10 msgid "Packages are commonly used for the following purposes:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Grouping products to move them in bulk " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Shipping to customers `: " "configure package types to align with shipping carriers' size and weight " "requirements, streamlining the packing process, and ensuring compliance with" " carrier shipping specifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:16 msgid "Storing items in bulk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:18 msgid "" "*Package use* is a field on the package form in Odoo that is only visible by" " enabling the *Batch Transfers* and *Packages* features " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:21 msgid "" "By default, the *Package Use* field on a packages form is set to *Disposable" " Box*. Change this field to *Reusable Box* **only** when configuring " "packages for :ref:`cluster pickings `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:25 msgid "" "*Package type* is an optional feature used for :doc:`calculating shipping " "cost <../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method>`, based " "on real shipping weight. Create package types to include the weight of the " "package itself (e.g. boxes, pallets, other shipping containers) in shipping " "cost calculations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:31 msgid "" "While packages are commonly used in the :doc:`three-step delivery route " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`, they can " "be used in any workflow involving storable products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:40 msgid "" "To use packages, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` heading, activate the " ":guilabel:`Packages` feature. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Packages* setting in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:51 msgid "Pack items" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:53 msgid "Products can be added to packages in any transfer by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:55 msgid "" "Clicking each :ref:`Detailed Operations " "` icon on the product " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:57 msgid "" "Using the :ref:`Put in Pack ` " "button to place everything in the transfer into a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:63 msgid "Detailed operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:65 msgid "" "On any warehouse transfer (e.g. receipt, delivery order), add a product to a" " package by clicking the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Show \"Detailed Operations\" icon in the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:72 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window for the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:74 msgid "" "To put the :guilabel:`Product` in a package, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, " "and assign the product to a :guilabel:`Destination Package`. Select an " "existing package, or create a new one by typing the name of the new package," " then select :guilabel:`Create...`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Assign a package to \"Destination Package\" field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:82 msgid "Twelve units of `Acoustic Bloc Screen` are placed in `PACK0000001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:84 msgid "" "Then, specify the quantity of items to go into the package in the " ":guilabel:`Done` column. Repeat the above steps to place the " ":guilabel:`Product` in different packages. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Ship one order in multiple packages " "<../../shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:95 msgid "Put in pack" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:97 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button on **any** warehouse" " transfer to create a new package, and place all the items in the transfer " "in that newly-created package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button appears on receipts, delivery orders, and" " other transfer forms with the *Packages* feature enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "Image of the \"Put in Pack\" button being clicked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:109 msgid "" "In batch transfer `BATCH/00003`, the :guilabel:`Put in Pack` button was " "clicked to create a new package, `PACK0000002`, and assign all items to it " "in the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:117 msgid "" "Create package types by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Package Types`, in order to set custom dimensions and " "weight limits. This feature is mainly used to calculate package weights for " "shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:122 msgid "" ":doc:`Shipping carriers " "<../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`../../shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:125 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Package Types` list, clicking :guilabel:`New` opens a " "blank package type form. The fields of the form are as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Type` (required): define the package type's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Size`: define the dimensions of the package in millimeters (mm). " "The fields, from left to right, define the :guilabel:`Length`, " ":guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Height`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Weight`: weight of an empty package (e.g. an empty box, pallet)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:134 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the package's weight by adding the weight of the empty " "package plus the weight of the item(s), which can be found in the " ":guilabel:`Weight` field, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, of each product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Weight`: maximum shipping weight allowed in the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: define a barcode to identify the package type from a " "scan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:140 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package type available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if it is available " "at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:142 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier`: specify the intended shipping carrier for this package " "type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:143 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Carrier Code`: define a code that is linked to the package type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Package type for FedEx's 25 kilogram box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:152 msgid "Cluster packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:154 msgid "" "To use *cluster packages*, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` feature, located in the :guilabel:`Operations` section. Doing so " "makes the *Package Use* field become visible on a package form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate the *Batch Transfers* feature in Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:163 msgid "" "Add new packages by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Packages`. Then, click :guilabel:`New`, or select an existing package. Doing" " so opens the package form, which contains the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Package Reference` (required): name of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type`: used for :ref:`configuring shipping boxes to ship " "to the customer `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Type` is unnecessary for configuring packages for cluster" " pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Weight`: used to input the weight of the package after " "measuring it on a scale." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:176 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: specify a company to make the package available " "**only** at the selected company. Leave the field blank if the package is " "available at all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:178 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: current location of the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Pack Date`: the date the package was created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:180 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Package Use`: choose :guilabel:`Reusable` for packages used for " "moving products within the warehouse; :guilabel:`Disposable` for packages " "used to ship products to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst-1 msgid "Display package form to create a cluster pack." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/package.rst:188 msgid "" ":doc:`Using cluster packages " "<../../warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Inventory*, *packaging* refers to disposable containers holding " "multiple units of a specific product. Each specific packaging **must** be " "defined on the individual product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:8 msgid "" "For example, different packages for cans of soda, such as a 6-pack, a " "12-pack, or a case of 36, need to be configured on the individual product " "form. This is because packagings are product specific — **not** generic." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:15 msgid "" "To use packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " "enable the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature, and click " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst-1 msgid "Enable packagings by selecting \"Product Packagings\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:24 msgid "Create packaging" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:26 msgid "" "Packagings can be created directly on the product form, or from the " ":guilabel:`Product Packagings` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:30 msgid "From product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:32 msgid "" "Create packagings on a product form by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Products --> Products`, and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:35 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the " "table, fill out the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Packaging` (required): name of packaging that appears on " "sales/purchase orders as a packaging option for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contained quantity` (required): amount of product in the " "packaging." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` (required): measurement unit for quantifying the" " product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase`: check this option for packagings intended for use on " "purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:46 msgid "" "Access additional fields in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table below by " "clicking the :guilabel:`(sliders)` icon to the far-right of the column " "titles in the :guilabel:`Packaging` section, and selecting the desired " "options from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Show the additional options menu's icon: sliders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier for tracing packaging in stock moves or " "pickings, using the :ref:`Barcode app `. Leave " "blank if not in use." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " "selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " "companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a packaging type for six units of the product, `Grape Soda`, begin" " by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the line, name the " ":guilabel:`Packaging` `6-pack`, and set the :guilabel:`Contained quantity` " "to `6`. Repeat this process for additional packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:69 msgid "From product packagings page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:71 msgid "" "To view all packagings that have been created, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " "list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " "packagings by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:77 msgid "" "Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " "packagings configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " "product can be sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, as a `12-Pack` " "of 12 products, or as a `Case` of 32 products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "List of different packagings for products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:86 msgid "Apply packagings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:88 msgid "" "When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " "packagings that should be used for the product. The chosen packaging is " "displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Packaging` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:93 msgid "" "18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " "packagings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:0 msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/packaging.rst:100 msgid "" "Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " "`. When receiving products from suppliers, " "scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" " packaging to the internal count of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " "Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " "sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" " and products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" "Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " "be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " "symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" "The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " "that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" " chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" "sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:17 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/lots`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" "To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " "Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " "to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " "section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " "can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " "of this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" " have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " "reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " "clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " "changing the generated number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " "purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " "specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" "website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " "order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " "sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " "appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " "products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " "without a serial number being assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" "up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " "supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " "the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " "column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " "serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " ":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " "receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " "#`, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " "so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " "out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " "products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " "becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" " appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " "number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " ":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " "document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " "quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " "cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " "cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" " used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " "Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " "from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " "clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " "option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " "and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " "menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " "serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst-1 msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " "serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " ":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " "stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " "serial number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:69 msgid "Product type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:7 msgid "" "Define *product types* in Odoo to track products in varying levels of " "detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:9 msgid "" "Classify products as *storable* to track stock counts, allowing users to " "trigger :doc:`reordering rules <../product_replenishment/reordering_rules>` " "for generating purchase orders. *Consumable* products are assumed to always " "be in stock, and *service* products are performed and served by the " "business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Product Type " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:18 msgid "Set product type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:20 msgid "" "To set a product type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select the desired product from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:23 msgid "On the product form, in the :guilabel:`Product Type` field, select:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Storable Product` for products tracked with stock counts. Only " "storable products can trigger reordering rules for generating purchase " "orders;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose :guilabel:`Storable Product` if it is necessary to track a product's " "stock at various locations, inventory valuations, or if the product has lots" " and/or serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Consumable` for products that are always assumed to be in stock, " "whose quantities are not necessary to track or forecast (e.g. nails, toilet " "paper, coffee, etc.). Consumables are replaceable and essential, but exact " "counts are unnecessary; or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Service` for sellable service products that are performed, and " "not tracked with stock counts (i.e. maintenance, installation, or repair " "services)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:0 msgid "Set a product type on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:43 msgid "" "The product types listed above are part of the standard *Inventory* app. For" " access to the fields below, :ref:`install ` the " "corresponding apps **in addition** to *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Booking Fees`: charge a fee for booking appointments through the " "*Appointments* app. Requires the installation of the *Calendar* app and *Pay" " to Book* (`appointment_account_payment`) module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Combo`: create discounted products sold in a bundle. Requires the" " installation of the *PoS* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Ticket`: sold to attendees wanting to go to an event. " "Requires the installation of the *Events* app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Booth`: sold to partners or sponsors to set up a booth at " "an event. Requires the installation of the *Events* app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Course`: sell access to an educational course. Requires the " "installation of the *eLearning* app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:59 msgid "Compare types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:61 msgid "" "Below is a summary of how each product type affects common *Inventory* " "operations, like transfers, reordering rules, and the forecasted report. " "Click the chart item with an asterisk (*) to navigate to detailed sections." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:70 msgid "Storable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:71 msgid "Consumable" msgstr "Potrošni material" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:72 msgid "Service" msgstr "Storitev" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:73 msgid "Physical product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:103 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:107 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Da" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:105 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:113 msgid "No" msgstr "Ne" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:118 msgid "On-hand quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:78 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:79 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:81 msgid "" ":doc:`Inventory valuation " "<../../warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:139 msgid "Create transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:87 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:88 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:89 msgid ":ref:`No* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Lot/serial number tracking `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:163 msgid "Create purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:96 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:98 msgid "Can be manufactured or subcontracted" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:100 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:102 msgid "Can be in a kit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:106 msgid "Placed in package" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:108 msgid ":ref:`Yes* `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:110 msgid "Appears on Inventory report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:111 msgid ":ref:`Yes `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:120 msgid "" "A storable product's on-hand and forecasted quantities, based on incoming " "and outgoing orders, are reflected on the product form, accessed by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the" " desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:128 msgid "Show \"On Hand\" and \"Forecast\" smart buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:128 msgid "" "Current and forecasted quantities are displayed in the **On Hand** and " "**Forecasted** smart buttons on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the other hand, consumable products are regarded as always available, and" " they **cannot** be managed using reordering rules or lot/serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:141 msgid "" "*Transfers* are any warehouse operation, such as receipts, internal or batch" " transfers, or deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:144 msgid "" "When creating a transfer for storable products in the *Inventory* app, " "transfers modify the on-hand quantity at each location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:147 msgid "" "For example, transferring five units from the internal location `WH/Stock` " "to `WH/Packing Zone` decreases the recorded quantity at `WH/Stock` and " "increases it at `WH/Packing Zone`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:152 msgid "" "For consumable products, transfers can be created, but exact quantities at " "each storage location are not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:157 msgid "" "Service products cannot be included in transfers, but these products can be " "`linked to projects and tasks for deadline tracking " "`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:165 msgid "" "Both storable and consumable products can be included in a request for " "quotation in the *Purchase* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:168 msgid "" "However, when receiving consumable products, their on-hand quantity does not" " change upon validating the receipt (e.g. `WH/IN`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:174 msgid "Manufacture or subcontract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:176 msgid "" "Storable and consumable products can be manufactured, subcontracted, or " "included in a bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:183 msgid "Show \"Bill of Materials\" and \"Used In\" smart buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:183 msgid "" "When the **Bill of Materials** and **Used In** smart buttons are visible on " "the product form, this indicates the product can be manufactured or used as " "a component of a |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:191 msgid "" "Both storable and consumable products can be placed in :doc:`packages " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:193 msgid "" "However, for consumable products, the quantity is not tracked, and the " "product is not listed in the package's :guilabel:`Contents`, accessed by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and " "selecting the desired package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:201 msgid "Show Packages page, containing the package contents list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:201 msgid "" "A consumable product was placed in the package, but the **Content** section " "does not list it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:203 msgid "" "If the *Move Entire Package* feature is enabled, moving a package updates " "the location of the contained storable products. However, the location of " "consumable products are not updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:209 msgid "Inventory report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:211 msgid "**Only** storable products appear on the following reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:213 msgid "" "The *stock report* is a comprehensive list of all on-hand, unreserved, " "incoming, and outgoing storable products. The report is only available to " "users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`, and is found by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst-1 msgid "Show stock reporting list found in Inventory > Reporting > Stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:222 msgid "" "The *location report* is a breakdown of each location (internal, external, " "or virtual) and the on-hand and reserved quantity of each storable product. " "The report is only available with the *Storage Location* feature activated " "(:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`), and to " "users with :doc:`administrator access " "<../../../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst:227 msgid "" "Navigate to the location report by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Reporting --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/product_tracking/type.rst-1 msgid "" "Show location reporting list found in Inventory > Reporting > Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving.rst:5 msgid "Shipping and receiving" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "Advanced operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Pregled" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " "items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " "purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" " it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " "supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" " seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:12 msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "" "To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " ":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:18 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " "--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" " configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " ":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " "enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " "product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " "that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " "vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " "purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:35 msgid "" "Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " ":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:43 msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " "sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " "quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " "orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " ":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " "button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " "(Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "" "Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " "--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " "purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " "receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " "the top right corner of the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " "corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " "section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " "Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " "confirm the delivered quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst:77 msgid "" "To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" " :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/dropshipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:12 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:15 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:23 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:26 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system by " ":doc:`integrating a third-party shipper " "<../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:30 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:33 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:57 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:41 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:44 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:48 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:63 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:66 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:72 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:78 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:85 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:3 msgid "Change shipping label size" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " "be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" " used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " "to fit the package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" " delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " "International* will be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Different shipping methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " "one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Select a label type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " "a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " "created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 msgid "Create a sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " "select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" " an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " "click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:45 msgid "" "Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " ":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" " delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Shipping PDF documents." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:60 msgid "Example labels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:62 msgid "" "The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " "of a FedEx letter sized label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst:69 msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/label_type.rst-1 msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:28 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:37 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:81 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:88 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:94 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:137 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:98 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:153 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:3 msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " "in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " "to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " "together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " "flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " "multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:13 msgid "" "In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " "setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " ":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:24 msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:26 msgid "" "To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" " navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" " delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " "item, or both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " "the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:37 msgid "" "This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " "table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " "shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:41 msgid "" "If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " "from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" " than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " "smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." " Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " "close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:51 msgid "" "Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " "package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" " the selected items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:58 msgid "" "For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " "quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " "before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " "doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:62 msgid "" "Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:66 msgid "" "After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " "appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " ":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" " the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " "items included in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:0 msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:76 msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:78 msgid "" "If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " "to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" " a backorder for the items being shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:81 msgid "" "Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " "be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " "` to package them as required. If they" " will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " "column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " ":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:86 msgid "" "After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " "shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" " be shipped later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:95 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " "delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" " has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " "view the backorder delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:103 msgid "" "The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" " the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst-1 msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:111 msgid "" "Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " "delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " ":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " ":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " "multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/multipack.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " "backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " "create the first backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "Scheduled delivery dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Accurately forecasting delivery dates is vital for fulfilling customer " "expectations. In Odoo, the *Inventory* app allows for comprehensive lead " "time configuration, allowing coordination and planning of manufacturing " "orders, deliveries, and receptions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:10 msgid "Lead time types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:12 msgid "" "Different lead times for different operations can impact various stages of " "the order fulfillment process. Here's a summary of the types of lead times " "in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show graphic of all lead times working together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "" ":ref:`Customer lead time `: The default " "time frame for fulfilling customer orders. The customer lead time is the " "number of days from the date the sales order (SO) is confirmed to the date " "the products are shipped from the warehouse. This is also known as *delivery" " lead time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Sales security lead time `: " "moves the *scheduled delivery date* forward by a specified number of days. " "This serves as a buffer to allow the team ample time to prepare the outgoing" " shipment earlier, considering the possibility of delays in the fulfillment " "process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:29 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase lead time `: the number of " "days from the confirmation of a purchase order (PO) to the receipt of " "products. It provides insight on the time it takes for products to arrive at" " the warehouse, facilitating effective scheduling and planning of supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:34 msgid "" ":ref:`Purchase security lead time `: advances the order deadline on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` by a " "specified number of days. This proactive approach of placing orders earlier " "mitigates the risk of vendor or shipping delays. Thus, for products that are" " set to replenish to order, the need appears on the *Replenishment report* " "earlier, according to the specified number of days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:40 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing lead time `: the number " "of days needed to complete a manufacturing order (MO) from the date of " "confirmation. This lead time includes weekends (non-working hours in Odoo), " "and is used to forecast an approximate production date for a finished good." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:45 msgid "" ":ref:`Manufacturing security lead time `: moves the scheduled date of the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` " "forward by a specified number of days. When used in conjunction with " ":ref:`replenish to order `, the " "security lead time makes the need appear earlier on the replenishment " "report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "Sales lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:55 msgid "" "Customer lead times and sales security lead times can be configured to " "automatically compute an *expected delivery date* on a :abbr:`SO (Sales " "Order)`. The expected delivery date ensures a realistic *delivery dates* " "setting for shipments from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:59 msgid "" "Odoo issues a warning message if the set delivery date is earlier than the " "expected date, as it may not be feasible to fulfill the order by that time, " "which would impact other warehouse operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "A :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` containing a `Coconut-scented candle` is " "confirmed on July 11th. The product has a customer lead time of 14 days, and" " the business uses a sales security lead time of 1 day. Based on the lead " "time inputs, Odoo suggests a delivery date in 15 days, on July 26th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set *Delivery Date* in a sales order. Enables delivery lead times feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:71 msgid "" "The following sections demonstrate how to automatically compute expected " "delivery dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:74 msgid "Customer lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:76 msgid "" "Set the customer lead time on each product form, by navigating to the " "products page. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " "Products`. From there, select the desired product, and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Then, under the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` " "field, fill in the number of calendar days required to fulfill the delivery " "order from start to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:82 msgid "" "Set a 14-day customer lead time for the `Coconut-scented candle` by " "navigating to its product form. Then, in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, type" " `14.00` days into the :guilabel:`Customer Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Set *Customer Lead Time* on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Sales security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "*Sales security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:98 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales`, and " "click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:101 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. This security lead time is " "a buffer notifying the team to prepare for outgoing shipments earlier than " "the scheduled date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Sales` to `1.00` day, pushes " "the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of a delivery order (DO) forward by one day. " "In that case, if a product is initially scheduled for delivery on April 6th," " but with a one-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the " "delivery order would be April 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:115 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "For orders that include multiple products with different lead times, the " "lead times can be configured directly from the quotation itself. On a " "quotation, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and set the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Policy` to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` to deliver products as soon as they are " "ready. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "determined by adding today's date to the shortest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:125 msgid "" ":guilabel:`When all products are ready` to wait to fulfill the entire order " "at once. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "is determined by adding today's date to the longest lead time among the " "products in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "Show *Shipping Policy* field in the *Other Info* tab of a quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:134 msgid "" "In a quotation containing 2 products, `Yoga mat` and `Resistance band,` the " "products have a lead time of 8 days and 5 days, respectively. Today's date " "is April 2nd." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Shipping Policy` is set to :guilabel:`As soon as " "possible`, the scheduled delivery date is 5 days from today: April 7th. On " "the other hand, selecting :guilabel:`When all products are ready` configures" " the scheduled date to be 8 days from today: April 10th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:144 msgid "Purchase lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "Automatically determining the dates on which to place orders from suppliers " "can help simplify the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:149 msgid "" "Odoo calculates the supplier shipment *receipt date*, and :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` deadline, based on the required date the product is needed" " in the warehouse. By working backwards from the receipt date, vendor lead " "times and purchase security lead times are taken into account, in order to " "determine the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "" "This deadline is the date by which the order should be confirmed, in order " "to ensure timely arrival by the expected receipt date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of PO deadline and receipt date used with vendor lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:162 msgid "" ":ref:`PO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:165 msgid "Vendor lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:167 msgid "" "To set a vendor lead time for orders arriving in the warehouse from a vendor" " location, begin by navigating to a product form through " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> Products --> Products`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:170 msgid "" "Next, select the desired product, and switch to the :guilabel:`Purchase` " "tab. In the editable vendor pricelist, click the :guilabel:`Add a line` " "button to add vendor details, such as the :guilabel:`Vendor` name, " ":guilabel:`Price` offered for the product, and lastly, the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "Multiple vendors and lead times can be added to the vendor pricelist. The " "default vendor and lead time selected will be the entry at the top of the " "list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:180 msgid "" "On the vendor pricelist of the product form, the :guilabel:`Delivery Lead " "Time` for the selected vendor is set to `10 days.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Add delivery lead times to vendor pricelist on a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:187 msgid "" "By setting the vendor lead time, the expected arrival date of the item is " "automatically determined as the date of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` " "confirmation, plus the vendor lead time. This ensures that warehouse " "employees are notified, if the products do **not** arrive within the " "expected timeframe." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:193 msgid "" "On a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` confirmed on July 11th, for a product " "configured with a 10-day vendor lead time, Odoo automatically sets the " ":guilabel:`Receipt Date` to July 21st. The receipt date also appears as the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the warehouse receipt form, accessible from " "the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, located on the :guilabel:`PO (Purchase" " Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "Show expected *Receipt Date* of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Show expected *Scheduled Date* of arrival of the product from the vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:209 msgid "Purchase security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "*Purchase security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:214 msgid "" "On the configuration page, under the :guilabel:`Advanced Scheduling` " "heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase`, and" " click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in supplier " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "Setting the :guilabel:`Security Lead Time for Purchase` to `2.00` days, " "pushes the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` of receipt back by one day. In that " "case, if a product is initially scheduled to arrive on April 6th, with a " "two-day security lead time, the new scheduled date for the receipt would be " "April 8th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "Set security lead time for purchase from the Inventory > Configuration > " "Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:233 msgid "Manufacturing lead times" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:235 msgid "" "Lead times can help simplify the procurement process for consumable " "materials and components used in manufactured products with bills of " "materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the deadline to " "begin the manufacturing process to complete the product by the scheduled " "delivery date, can be determined by configuring the manufacturing lead times" " and manufacturing security lead times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Visualization of the determination of planned MO date manufacturing lead " "times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:247 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:249 msgid "" "Configure the manufacturing lead time directly on the product form, by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, " "and select the desired product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, specify the calendar days " "needed to the manufacture the product in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead " "Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "Specify a 14-day :guilabel:`Manufacturing Lead Time` for a product directly " "in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:263 msgid "" "Establish a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, based on the " "*expected delivery date*, indicated in the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field " "of the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:266 msgid "" "The :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` deadline, which is the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`, is" " calculated as the *expected delivery date* subtracted by the manufacturing " "lead time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:270 msgid "" "This ensures the manufacturing process begins on time, in order to meet the " "delivery date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:272 msgid "" "However, it's important to note that lead times are based on calendar days. " "Lead times do **not** consider weekends, holidays, or *work center capacity*" " (:dfn:`the number of operations that can be performed at the work center " "simultaneously`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:277 msgid ":ref:`Manufacturing planning `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:278 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure automatic MO scheduling with reordering rules " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:282 msgid "" "A product's scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is " "August 15th. The product requires 14 days to manufacture. So, the latest " "date to start the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` to meet the commitment " "date is August 1st." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:289 msgid "Manufacturing security lead time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:291 msgid "" "*Manufacturing security lead time* is set globally for the business in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the" " :guilabel:`Planning` heading, locate the box for :guilabel:`Security Lead " "Time`, and click the checkbox to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:295 msgid "" "Next, enter the desired number of calendar days. By configuring the security" " lead time, a buffer is set to account for potential delays in the " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:303 msgid "" "A product has a scheduled shipment date on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` " "set for August 15th. The manufacturing lead time is 7 days, and " "manufacturing security lead time is 3 days. So, the :guilabel:`Scheduled " "Date` on the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` reflects the latest date to " "begin the manufacturing order. In this example, the planned date on the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is August 5th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:310 msgid "Global example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:312 msgid "" "See the following example to understand how all the lead times work together" " to ensure timely order fulfillment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:315 msgid "**Sales security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:316 msgid "**Manufacturing security lead time**: 2 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:317 msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**: 3 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:318 msgid "**Purchase security lead time**: 1 day" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:319 msgid "**Vendor lead time**: 4 days" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:321 msgid "" "The customer places an order for a manufactured product on September 1st, " "and the scheduled delivery date from the warehouse is on September 20th. " "Odoo uses lead times and automated reordering rules to schedule the " "necessary operations, based on the outgoing shipment delivery date, " "September 20th:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst-1 msgid "" "Show timeline of how lead times work together to schedule warehouse " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:329 msgid "**September 1st**: Sales order created, confirmed by salesperson." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:331 msgid "" "**September 9th**: Deadline to order components to ensure they arrive in " "time when manufacturing begins (4-day supplier lead time)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:334 msgid "" "**September 13th**: Scheduled date of receipt for components. Initially, it " "was set to 9/14, but the 1-day purchase security lead time pushed the date " "earlier by 1 day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:337 msgid "" "**September 14th**: Deadline to begin manufacturing. Calculated by " "subtracting the manufacturing lead time of 3 days, and the manufacturing " "security lead time of 2 days, from the expected delivery date of September " "19th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:341 msgid "" "**September 19th**: :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` on the delivery order form " "indicates the updated expected delivery date, which was originally set as " "September 20th. But the sales security lead time pushed the date forward by " "a day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/advanced_operations_shipping/scheduled_dates.rst:345 msgid "" "Odoo's replenishment planning maps a business' order fulfillment process, " "setting pre-determined deadlines and raw material order dates, including " "buffer days for potential delays. This ensures products are delivered on " "time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " "include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " "efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " "Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " "delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " "strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " "into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " "output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" " not fit the needs of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" " Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " "Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " "this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and click on the :guilabel:`warehouse` to edit. Then, select " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " "rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, click on the :guilabel:`Location` to change, " "and update the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Deliver in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new quote, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`, " "which reveals a blank quotation form. On the blank quotation form, select a " ":guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears in the top right of the " "quotation form. Clicking it shows the picking order, packing order, and the " "delivery order associated with the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " "order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" "another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:73 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " "order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," " since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " "completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " "automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " "picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " "Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " "products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" " packing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:96 msgid "Process a packing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:98 msgid "" "The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" "Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" "output location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:114 msgid "" "Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " "location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:119 msgid "Process a delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:121 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " ":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " "button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:129 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" "the customer location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps.rst:137 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " ":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " "will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 msgid "" "By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " "stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " "stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " "step receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 msgid "" "Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " "steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 msgid "" "In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " "deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 msgid "Configure the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:22 msgid "" "If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" " can easily be set back to the one step setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " "section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " "step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " "step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:36 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Prejemanje blaga neposredno (1 korak)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" " a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " "to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "receipt for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 msgid "" "Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 msgid "Process the receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:65 msgid "" "When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:73 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " "(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " "enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " "the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "" "Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" "pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:82 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " "Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " "here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " "of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " "reception process in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" msgstr "Neposredna dostava blaga (1 korak)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:95 msgid "" "Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " "make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " ":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " "the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " "delivery order for the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:111 msgid "" "Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 msgid "Process the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:122 msgid "" "When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 msgid "Validate the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 msgid "" "Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" " location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " ":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " "before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " "products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " "receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " "locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 msgid "" "Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " "employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " "products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" " into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 msgid "" "In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" " are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " "brought to an output location before being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " "(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " "being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" " shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " "products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " "following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 msgid "Configure multi-step routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 msgid "" "First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " "the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " "deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" " :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " "then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " "steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " "*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." " To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " "form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " "necessary)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " "configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " "connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " "warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" " the end of the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " "smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " "— click it to reveal the associated receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 msgid "" "The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" " confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " "receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" " :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " "until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " "only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Input location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 msgid "Process the internal transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " "dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " ":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " "view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " "stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " "available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " ":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 msgid "" "After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " "button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" "associated with it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 msgid "" "Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " "To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 msgid "Process the picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "" "The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " "confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " "reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" " the delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 msgid "" "The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " "be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " "order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " "cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " "order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" " as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" "Operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 msgid "" "Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " "is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " "delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," " the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " "on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 msgid "" "The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " "completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " "on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " "begin." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 msgid "" "The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " "quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," " and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " "should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "" "Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " "then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " "moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " "the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process receipts in three steps" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 msgid "" "Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" " suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " "goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" "In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " "then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " "quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " "available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " "quality area and into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 msgid "" "Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" " `, so the settings need to be changed" " in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " "Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" " Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" " will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 msgid "" "Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. To do " "that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`," " and select the desired warehouse to be edited. Doing so reveals the detail " "form for that specific warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "On that :guilabel:`Warehouse` detail form page, select :guilabel:`Receive " "goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating three-step receipts and deliveries creates two new internal " "locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " "To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`, then click on the desired location to change " "(or update) the name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:45 msgid "Receive in three steps (input + quality + stock)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:50 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RfQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Purchase app --> New`, which reveals a blank :abbr:`RfQ " "(Request for Quotation)` form page. On this page, select a " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable :guilabel:`Product`, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " "receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 msgid "Process a receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:65 msgid "" "One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " "subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " "confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" "are waiting another operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " "will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " "other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " ":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " "processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" "The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " ":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " "status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " ":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " ":guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:84 msgid "" "The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." " In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " "smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " ":guilabel:`Input Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" "WH/Quality location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:103 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" " is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " "kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:112 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " "click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " "the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " "manufacturing or delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 msgid "" "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 msgid "Process a transfer to stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:124 msgid "" "Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " "internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" " smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:128 msgid "" "Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " "then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " "product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " "stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:3 msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:5 msgid "" "There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " "(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " "such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " "amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" " handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " "settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " "be configured to have the same number of steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:12 msgid "" "`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:13 msgid "" "`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:17 msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " "one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " "the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " "receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " "perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" " depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " "performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " "on shipped products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:27 msgid "One-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:29 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:31 msgid "" "**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " "between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:33 msgid "" "**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " "between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:35 msgid "" "Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " ":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " "Out)` removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:37 msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 msgid "" "Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" "perishable items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:39 msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 msgid ":doc:`receipts_delivery_one_step`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 msgid "Two-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:47 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:49 msgid "" "**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " "stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " "such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" " the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 msgid "" "**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " "Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " "being shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:54 msgid "" "Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " "with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" " or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 msgid "" "Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " "large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 msgid "" "Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " "until they are transferred into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:63 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 msgid "Three-step flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:68 msgid "" "The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:70 msgid "" "**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " "transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " "inspection into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:72 msgid "" "**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " "pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " "for shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:74 msgid "" "Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " ":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:78 msgid "" "Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " "before receiving items into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:84 msgid "" ":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/shipments_deliveries.rst:85 msgid "" ":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:6 msgid "Reservation methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:8 msgid "" "Companies that sell and deliver goods to customers need to make sure they " "always have stock on-hand, so when new sales orders are confirmed, they can " "deliver products on time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be handled using *reservation methods*. Reservation " "methods control how products included in a delivery order (DO) should be " "reserved for delivery, ensuring they are reserved at the correct times, for " "the correct orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:15 msgid "" "There are three different reservation methods in Odoo: *At Confirmation*, " "*Manually*, and *Before scheduled date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:20 msgid "At Confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:22 msgid "" "Reserves products **only** when a sales order is confirmed, **and** if stock" " is already available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:25 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Ročno" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:27 msgid "" "Once a quote is confirmed, product availability **must** be checked " "manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:30 msgid "Before scheduled date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:32 msgid "" "A specific number of days can be selected; this is the maximum number of " "days **before** a scheduled delivery date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:38 msgid "" "Reservation methods are set on individual operations types. To configure " "reservation methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration " "--> Operations Types`. Then, select the desired operation type. Or, create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab of the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` option, and choose which method should be " "used for this type of operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Reservation method field on delivery order operation type form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:50 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Before scheduled date` reservation method is selected, a " "new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears below. From this" " field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and :guilabel:`days before " "when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:38 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before` value changes the maximum number of " "days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:58 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that starred (favorited) transfers " "for products should be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:0 msgid "" "Reserve before scheduled date fields with before scheduled date method " "chosen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:66 msgid "Required applications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:68 msgid "" "The two required applications that **must** be :ref:`installed " "` to use reservation methods are the *Sales* and " "*Inventory* apps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:72 msgid "" "In addition to delivery orders, reservation methods can also be used for " "*manufacturing orders*, *resupply subcontractor* orders, orders for " "*repairs*, and *internal transfers*, if desired. To enable this, configure " "the additional settings:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:76 msgid "" "**For manufacturing orders:** Install the *Manufacturing* application by " "going to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Manufacturing*" " app, and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:79 msgid "" "**For resupply subcontractor:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, enable :guilabel:`Subcontracting`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:82 msgid "" "**For repairs:** Install the *Repairs* application by going to the " ":menuselection:`Apps` application, locating the *Repairs* app, and clicking " ":guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:84 msgid "" "**For internal transfers:** Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, " "enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:88 msgid "" "Once these apps are installed, no additional features need to be enabled " "from the settings for reservation methods to work. They will be available by" " default on certain operations types, and can be viewed and changed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations" " Types`, and then clicking on a specific operations type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:33 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` is changed to :guilabel:`Receipt` on " "an :guilabel:`Operations Type` form, reservation methods are **not** " "available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst-1 msgid "" "Operations Types highlighted from the Configurations submenu in the " "Inventory app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/at_confirmation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/manually`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:3 msgid "At confirmation reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:9 msgid "" "The *at confirmation* reservation method reserves products **only** when a " "sales order (SO) is confirmed, **and** if enough stock of the products " "included in the |SO| is already available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:16 msgid ":doc:`About reservation methods <../reservation_methods>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:18 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *at confirmation*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:22 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab on the operation type form, locate the " ":guilabel:`Reservation Method` field, and select :guilabel:`At " "Confirmation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:30 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Delovni tok" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:32 msgid "" "To see the *at confirmation* reservation method in action, create a new |SO|" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:42 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product to add to the quotation from the drop-down menu. Finally, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of the product to " "sell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:46 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:41 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to reveal the " "product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Reserved` number of units for this order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:57 msgid "" "If there is **not** sufficient quantity of stock for the product included in" " the |SO|, the :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon is red, instead of green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:49 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Available`, and reveals " "the available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Confirmed sales order with product availability tooltip selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:56 msgid "Forecasted Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:58 msgid "" "To see all the factors that affect product reservation, click the " ":guilabel:`View Forecast` internal link arrow to view the " ":guilabel:`Forecasted Report` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` displays forecast information about the " "product(s) included in the sales order; namely, any live receipts of the " "product, and any active sales orders, which are listed in the " ":guilabel:`Used By` column. See how each order is fulfilled in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:66 msgid "" "Additionally, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` quantity is calculated at the top " "of the page, by adding the :guilabel:`On Hand` and :guilabel:`Incoming` " "quantity, and subtracting the :guilabel:`Outgoing` quantity, as shown below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "Forecasted quantity equation from the Forecasted Report page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:74 msgid "" "If one order should be prioritized over another order, click the " ":guilabel:`Unreserve` button on the corresponding order line in the " ":guilabel:`Replenishment` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:77 msgid "" "To deliver the products, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the " "top of the sales order form. To confirm that the reservation worked " "properly, ensure that the :guilabel:`Product Availability` field reads " "`Available` (in green text), and the numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` and " ":guilabel:`Quantity` columns match (in this case, both should read " "`100.00`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst-1 msgid "" "Delivery order for product included in sales order with at confirmation " "reservation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:108 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`Manual reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/at_confirmation.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Before scheduled date reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:3 msgid "Before scheduled date reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Before scheduled date* reservation method allows users to select a " "specific number of days that act as the maximum number of days **before** a " "scheduled delivery date, when products included in a sales order (SO) should" " be reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:19 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Before scheduled date*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to configure, or create a new" " one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:23 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Before scheduled date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:34 msgid "" "Once selected, a new :guilabel:`Reserve before scheduled date` field appears" " below. From this field, the number of :guilabel:`days before` and " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` can be changed from the default `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:41 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`days before when starred` value changes the maximum " "number of days before a scheduled date that products should be reserved if " "the transfers are starred (favorited)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:45 msgid "" "Here, the :guilabel:`days before` value is set to `2` days before, and the " ":guilabel:`days before when starred` value is set to `3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:48 msgid "" "This means products are reserved two days before the scheduled delivery date" " for normal orders, and three days before the scheduled delivery date for " "starred (favorited) transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Reserve before scheduled date field with set numerical values." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:55 msgid "" "This is the configuration applied for the following workflow found below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:58 msgid "Edit product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:60 msgid "" "Before the *Before scheduled date* reservation method can be used, ensure " "that a *customer lead time* is added to products that plan to be sold with " "this method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:63 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> " "Products`, and select the desired product to configure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:66 msgid "" "On the product form, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Logistics` section, change the value in the :guilabel:`Customer " "Lead Time` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:69 msgid "For this example workflow, change it to `5` days." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:71 msgid "" "This sets the scheduled delivery date for this specific product to five days" " after the creation date of the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 msgid "Product form with customer lead time set in Inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the *Before scheduled date* reservation method in action, create a " "new |SO| by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:84 msgid "" "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, then, in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a " "product from the drop-down menu that has a configured *customer lead time*, " "to add to the quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:88 msgid "" "Finally, in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, adjust the desired quantity of " "the product to sell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:90 msgid "For this sample workflow, set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to `10`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:94 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Before scheduled date*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads " "`0 Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:99 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but the scheduled date, for this example workflow, " "is five days from the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:102 msgid "" "Since reservation is not until two days before the scheduled delivery, it " "will not reserve the products until then." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:60 msgid "" "Instead of revealing the reserved number of units for the order, the " ":guilabel:`Availability` tooltip reads :guilabel:`Reserved`, and reveals the" " available number of units (e.g., `0 Units`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, unless there is a set replenishment or a live receipt, it also" " reads :guilabel:`No future availability`, in red text." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:119 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to see the delivery order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:121 msgid "" "On the delivery order form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on-hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:125 msgid "" "Note the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field, above the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field, displays the date five days from the order creation " "date. This indicates that the products are not reserved until three days " "from today's date (two days before the scheduled delivery date)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order form with product availability and reserved quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:133 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do not match (in this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, " "while the :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:137 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0` because the products aren't " "reserved until two days *before* their delivery date. Odoo automatically " "reserves the products once the scheduled date arrives, at which point the " ":guilabel:`Demand` and :guilabel:`Quantity` columns will match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:142 msgid "" "If the products in the |SO| should be reserved *sooner* than the scheduled " "reservation date, the reservation can be manually overridden. To manually " "reserve the products sooner than scheduled, click :guilabel:`Check " "Availability` at the top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:146 msgid "" "This turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product Availability` " "field green, and changes the number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column to " "match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/before_scheduled_date.rst:153 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`At confirmation reservation `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:3 msgid "Manual reservation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:9 msgid "" "Unlike the *At Confirmation* reservation method, the *Manually* reservation " "method does **not** reserve products automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:12 msgid "" "Instead, once a sales order (SO) is confirmed, product availability **must**" " be checked manually, and the required quantity **must** be reserved " "manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:21 msgid "" "To set the reservation method to *Manually*, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Operations Types`. Then," " select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type` to be configured, or create a" " new one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:25 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`General` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Reservation Method` " "field, and select :guilabel:`Manually`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:39 msgid "" "To see the *Manually* reservation method in action, create a new |SO| by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:48 msgid "" "Click the green :guilabel:`📈 (area graph)` icon on the product line to " "reveal the product's :guilabel:`Availability` tooltip. This tooltip reveals " "the reserved number of units for this order. Because the reservation method " "is set to *Manually*, the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity reads `0 Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:53 msgid "" "However, below that quantity reads `Available in stock`. This is because the" " quantity is available, but must be manually reserved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:70 msgid "" "Once the |SO| is confirmed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app`, " "and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card on the :guilabel:`Inventory " "Overview` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:73 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card displays the current status of live " "orders, including those with a :guilabel:`Waiting` status. Orders with this " "status indicate that the products in those orders have either not been " "reserved yet, or are not in stock at all." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst-1 msgid "Delivery orders task card with waiting status orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the |SO| created previously, click the :guilabel:`(#) Waiting` button" " on the card (in this case, `8 Waiting`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:84 msgid "" "Locate the delivery order (DO) tied to the |SO| that was previously created," " and click the line to view it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:87 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, the status in the :guilabel:`Product" " Availability` field is listed as `Available`, in yellow text, instead of " "green. This is because there is sufficient stock on hand for this order, but" " no quantity has been reserved yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, on the :guilabel:`Product` line, the " "numbers in the :guilabel:`Demand` column and the :guilabel:`Quantity` column" " do *not* match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:94 msgid "" "In this case, the :guilabel:`Demand` column lists `10.00`, while the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column lists `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:101 msgid "" "To manually reserve the specified quantity of the product for this order, " "click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the form. " "Doing so turns the `Available` status in the :guilabel:`Product " "Availability` field green, and changes the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:106 msgid "" "This is because there is sufficient quantity in stock to reserve for the " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:111 msgid "" "Multiple orders with a *Waiting* status can be manually reserved at the same" " time, and set to *Ready* status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:114 msgid "" "To do that, open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, which reveals the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page. The :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page" " is also accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Overview`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:118 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`(#) " "Waiting` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:121 msgid "" "Then, tick the checkboxes to the left of each desired order, or tick the " "checkbox in the header row, to the far-left, to select all orders on the " "page at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:124 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button at the top of the " "page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:126 msgid "" "If the products included in every selected order have enough stock on-hand, " "this reserves the products, and moves the order into :guilabel:`Ready` " "status. Upon receiving a :guilabel:`Ready` status, the order disappears from" " the :guilabel:`Waiting` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:130 msgid "" "If there is *not* enough stock on-hand, the order retains its current " "status, and remains on the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/reservation_methods/manually.rst:0 msgid "List of orders in waiting status and check availability button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:5 msgid "Setup and configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "Delivery methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:5 msgid "" "When activated in Odoo, the *Delivery Methods* setting adds the option of " "calculating the cost of shipping on sales orders and e-commerce shopping " "carts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "When integrated with a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`, shipping prices are calculated based on " "the carrier's pricing and packaging information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" ":ref:`Third-party shipping carrier setup `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:13 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Delivery Prices " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:19 msgid "" "To calculate shipping on sales orders and e-commerce, the *Delivery Costs* " "module must be installed. To do so, navigate to the :menuselection:`Apps` " "application from the main Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and type in `Delivery Costs` in " "the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. After finding the :guilabel:`Delivery Costs` " "module, click :guilabel:`Activate` to install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Install the *Delivery Costs* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:30 msgid "Add shipping method" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:32 msgid "" "To configure delivery methods, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Shipping Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:36 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` option is not available from the " ":guilabel:`Configuration` drop-down menu, verify whether the feature is " "enabled by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:40 msgid "" "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Shipping` section and enable the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Methods` feature by checking the corresponding checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Enable the *Delivery Methods* feature by checking the box in Configuration >" " Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:47 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, add a method by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`. Doing so opens a form to provide details about the shipping" " provider, including:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery " "method (e.g. `flat-rate shipping`, `same day delivery`, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the delivery service, like " "Fedex, if using a :ref:`third-party carrier " "`. Ensure the integration with the shipping " "carrier is properly installed and select the provider from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:56 msgid "" "For more details on configuring custom shipping methods, such as :ref:`fixed" " price `, :ref:`based on rules " "`, or :ref:`pickup in store " "` options, refer to their respective sections " "below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an e-commerce page. " "Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to " "apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific " "company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply " "the method to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the product listed on the " ":ref:`sales order line ` as the delivery " "charge." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: checking this box enables free " "shipping if the customer spends above the specified amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:68 msgid "" "For examples on how to configure specific shipping methods, refer to the " "sections below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:73 msgid "Fixed price" msgstr "Stalna cena" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure a shipping price that is the same for all orders, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`. Then," " click :guilabel:`New`, and on the shipping method form, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` to the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` option. Selecting this " "option makes the :guilabel:`Fixed Price` field become available, which is " "where the fixed rate shipping amount is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:81 msgid "" "To enable free shipping if the amount of the order exceeds a specified " "amount, check the box :guilabel:`Free if order amount is above` and fill in " "the amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:85 msgid "" "To set up `$20` flat-rate shipping that becomes free if the customer spends " "over `$100`, fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: `Flat-rate shipping`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider`: :guilabel:`Fixed Price`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Fixed Price`: `$20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: `$100.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: `[SHIP] Flat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Example of filling out a shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:101 msgid "Based on rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:103 msgid "" "To calculate the price of shipping based on pricing rules, set the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field to the :guilabel:`Based on Rules` option. " "Optionally, adjust :guilabel:`Margin on Rate` and :guilabel:`Additional " "margin` to include additional shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:108 msgid "Create pricing rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:110 msgid "" "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. " "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Create Pricing Rules` window, where the " ":guilabel:`Condition` related to the product weight, volume, price, or " "quantity is compared to a defined amount to calculate the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:115 msgid "" "Once finished, click either :guilabel:`Save & New` to add another rule, or " ":guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:118 msgid "" "To charge customers $20 in shipping for orders with five or fewer products, " "set the :guilabel:`Condition` to `Quantity <= 5.00`, and the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Cost` to `$20`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "" "Display window to add a pricing rule. Set a condition and delivery cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:125 msgid "" "To restrict shipping to specific destinations on the eCommerce website, in " "the shipping method form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Destination " "Availability` tab and define the :guilabel:`Countries`, :guilabel:`States`, " "and :guilabel:`Zip Prefixes`. Leave these fields empty if all locations " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:130 msgid "Calculate delivery cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:132 msgid "" "Shipping cost is the :guilabel:`Delivery cost` specified in the rule that " "satisfies the :guilabel:`Condition`, plus any extra charges from the " ":guilabel:`Margin on rate` and :guilabel:`Additional margin`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:136 msgid "" "Total = Rule's~Delivery~Cost + (Margin~on~rate \\times Rule's~Delivery~Cost) + Additional~margin\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:140 msgid "With the two following rules set up:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:142 msgid "If the order contains five or fewer products, shipping is $20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:143 msgid "If the order contains more than five products, shipping is $50." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:145 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate` is `10%` and :guilabel:`Additional margin` is " "`$9.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "" "Show example of \"Based on rules\" shipping method with margins configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:151 msgid "" "When the first rule is applied, the delivery cost is $31 (20 + (0.1 * 20) + " "9). When the second rule is applied, the delivery cost is $64 (50 + (0.1 * " "50) + 9)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:157 msgid "Pickup in store" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:159 msgid "" "To configure in-store pickup, select :guilabel:`Pickup in store` in the " ":guilabel:`Provider` field and specify the pickup location in " ":guilabel:`Warehouse`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:162 msgid "" "To invoice the customer for the shipping cost to the pickup location, choose" " the :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` option in the " ":guilabel:`Integration Level` field. Then, pick either the " ":guilabel:`Estimated cost` or :guilabel:`Real cost` radio options in the " ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` field to decide whether the added shipping " "charge on the sales order is the precise cost from the shipping carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:169 msgid ":ref:`Invoice cost of shipping `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:174 msgid "Add shipping" msgstr "Dodaj dostavo" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:176 msgid "" "Shipping methods can be added to sales orders in the form of delivery " "products, which appear as individual line items. First, navigate to the " "desired sales order by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> " "Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:180 msgid "" "On the sales order, click the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button, which opens " "the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window. Then, choose a " ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:183 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` is pre-filled based on product weights " "(that are defined in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab for each product form). " "Edit the field to specify the exact weight, and then click :guilabel:`Add` " "to add the shipping method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:188 msgid "" "The amount defined in :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` overwrites the total " "product weights defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:191 msgid "" "The shipping cost is added to the *sales order line* as the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` detailed on the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:195 msgid "" "`Furniture Delivery`, a delivery product with a fixed rate of `$200`, is " "added to sales order `S00088`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:0 msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:203 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst:205 msgid "" "The shipping method added to the sales order is linked to the shipping " "carrier details on the delivery order. To add or change the delivery method " "on the delivery itself, go to the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab and modify" " the :guilabel:`Carrier` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/delivery_method.rst-1 msgid "Shipping carrier information on the delivery form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " "of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " "shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" " configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 msgid "" "For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " "Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" " and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " "(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 msgid "" "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" " account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " "rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " "required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" " address`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" "To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " "is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " "called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " "be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**SendClould configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" " configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 msgid "" "In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " "Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " "Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " "Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " ":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " "CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " "`Odoo StealthyWood`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " "shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " "and Secret Keys` are generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:90 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 msgid "" "After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" " the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " "search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 msgid "" "After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" " on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " "Methods`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " "shipping method or create a new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " ":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:146 msgid "" "Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" "After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " "shipping products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " "Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " "products` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 msgid "" "Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " "and returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" " `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " "`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " "`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " "`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " "`Sweden` `Switzerland`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " "Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" " within 24 hours of creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " "creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " "settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " "shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " "documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " "following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:205 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 msgid "" "When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " "configured Sendcloud account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Shipment is too heavy" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " "then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " "to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " "transfer and generate labels." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " "methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " "not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 msgid "Personal carrier contract" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Use custom prices from a direct carrier contract, via CSV upload, by first " "logging into Sendcloud, navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Carriers " "--> My contracts`, and then selecting the intended contract." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Navigate to the contracts section in Sendcloud." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Contract prices` section, click :guilabel:`Download " "CSV` and fill out the contract prices in the :guilabel:`price` column of the" " CSV file template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:211 msgid "" "Ensure the CSV file includes the correct prices to avoid any inaccuracies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 msgid "" "Show sample contract CSV from Sendcloud, highlighting the price column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Upload` the completed CSV file to Sendcloud, then click " ":guilabel:`Save these prices`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to upload contract prices with carriers " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:226 msgid "" "Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " "of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " "(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " "transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:231 msgid "" "Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" " the volumetric weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " "the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " "destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." " The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " "carrier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Starshipit shipping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Starshipit is a shipping service operator that facilitates the integration " "of Australasian shipping couriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can " "create shipping methods that will automatically get rates from specific " "couriers (such as Australia Post, NZ Post, DHL,...) based on predefined " "conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:11 msgid ":doc:`Automatically calculate shipping `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:12 msgid ":doc:`Integrate other third-party couriers `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:15 msgid "Setup in Starshipit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "Create an account and activate couriers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:20 msgid "" "To get started, go to `Starshipit's platform `_ to " "configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " "the Starshipit account, or create a new one if needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:25 msgid "Pickup address configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Once logged into the Starshipit account, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Pickup address`, and fill in the " ":guilabel:`Pickup address`. Ensure this field matches the warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Adding addresses in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:35 msgid "Couriers configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "To integrate with third-party couriers, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Couriers`, and select :guilabel:`Couriers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:45 msgid "" "For details on integrating with different couriers, refer to `Starshipit's " "support center `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:49 msgid "Checkout rates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:51 msgid "" "To configure shipping rate calculations, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Checkout rates`. The selected delivery costs " "are automatically applied in Odoo when calculating shipping costs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Checkout rates in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "Starshipit API key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:61 msgid "" "Configure shipping rules to assign the correct shipping methods to orders " "based on specific conditions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "To create a rule, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Rules` and click " ":guilabel:`Add a new rule`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:66 msgid "" "While there are multiple ways to configure rules, it is recommended to set:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Condition` to :guilabel:`Contains`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Value` to the :guilabel:`product code`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Action` to :guilabel:`Set Courier & Product Code`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Shipping rules in the Starshipit settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "Finding Starshipit API credentials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:81 msgid "" "In the Starshipit account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> API` in " "the side menu. This page contains the :abbr:`API (Application Programming " "Interface)` keys needed to connect to Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Finding the Starshipit API keys." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:93 msgid "Install" msgstr "Namesti" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "" "After the Starshipit account is set up, integrate it with the Odoo database." " To do that, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, search for the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping` module, and click :guilabel:`Activate` to " "install it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Starshipit Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:106 msgid "" "Once installed, activate the feature by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` " "section, activate the :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:110 msgid "" "After activating :guilabel:`Starshipit Connector`, click the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. " "Once on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:118 msgid "" "Configure Starshipit in Odoo by filling out the fields on the " ":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Starshipit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:122 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Starshipit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: assign or create the delivery product that " "will appear on the sales order line when the cost of shipping is computed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:127 msgid "" "The fields discussed in this section are specific to configuring Starshipit." " For more information about the other fields, refer to " ":doc:`delivery_method`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:130 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab, fill out these fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit API Key`: enter the :abbr:`API (Application " "Programming Interface)` key :ref:`obtained from Starshipit " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Starshipit Subscription Key`: enter the subscription key obtained" " from the same place as the :ref:`API key " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:136 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Origin Address`: Enter the address where products are shipped " "from. This field is crucial for calculating shipping rates and " ":ref:`generating shipping labels `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:139 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default Package Type`: Set a default package type to include the " "weight of the empty package when automatically calculating shipping rates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:143 msgid "" "To set a default package type, the *Packages* feature **must** be enabled in" " :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:149 msgid "" "To load the newly configured shipping products, click the :guilabel:`Select " "a service linked to the Starshipit account` link at the bottom of the " ":guilabel:`Starshipit Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:152 msgid "" "Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Choose Starshipit Shipping Service` pop-up " "window. In the :guilabel:`Delivery Service` field, choose the desired " "shipping service for deliveries and returns from the drop-down menu. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:156 msgid "" "The chosen delivery service will populate in the :guilabel:`Service Name` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:159 msgid "Sample of a Starshipit shipping product configured in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Sendle: Sendle drop off`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `Sendle Delivery`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Starshipit Service Code`: `STANDARD-DROPOFF`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:170 msgid "" "Starshipit does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " "package in Odoo. This means that if a package is created, the account may be" " charged." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " "test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " "to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after creation " "— this occurs automatically. Please note that depending on the shipping " "provider being used, the account might be charged for printing label, unless" " the order is cancelled manually on the couriers’s portal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:180 msgid "" "Switch between the test and production environment by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Environment` smart button at the top of the shipping method form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:186 msgid "Generate a label with Starshipit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:188 msgid "" "When creating a quotation in Odoo, add the Starshipit shipping method by " "clicking the :guilabel:`Add shipping` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:191 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select Starshipit in" " the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:194 msgid "" "Calculate the shipping rate by clicking :guilabel:`Get rate`. Finally, click" " :guilabel:`Add` to include the cost of shipping to the sales order line, " "labeled as the *delivery product*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:199 msgid "" "Automatically calculate shipping costs for Starshipit in **both** Odoo " "*Sales* and *eCommerce* applications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:202 msgid "" "Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label documents are " "automatically generated in the chatter, which includes the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking number(s)` if the selected courier supports it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:207 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Starshipit connector is configured for " "returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Example of a shipped order in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:214 msgid "" "Package weight in Odoo is calculated by adding the weights of the products " "plus the empty package saved in the database. Ensure the correct shipping " "option is selected, as the package weight is not automatically verified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:218 msgid "" "Verify the destination address, as Starshipit checks it when the order is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:220 msgid "" "Finally, some couriers may require other information, such as an email " "address or phone number. Please ensure that all necessary information are " "set upon sending a shipping order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:224 msgid "Returns" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "Starshipit allows returns with the following couriers:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:227 msgid "Australia Post eParcel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:228 msgid "TNT" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:229 msgid "Couriers Please" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:230 msgid "Aramex" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:231 msgid "StarTrack" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:232 msgid "DHL Express" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:233 msgid "NZ Post Domestic" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:235 msgid "" "This can be done by clicking the :guilabel:`Return` smart button on the " "intended delivery order. If the selected courier supports returns, the " ":guilabel:`Print Return Label` button will be available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:240 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:242 msgid "" "If a delivery order is cancelled in Odoo, it will be automatically archived " "in Starshipit. However, the cancellation will not be sent to the courier " "itself, so make sure to log onto the courier's platform to handle the " "cancellation manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:21 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:31 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:45 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:109 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:120 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:123 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:127 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "Dostava" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:143 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:146 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 msgid ":doc:`../advanced_operations_shipping/labels`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " "UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses and storage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:7 msgid "" "*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " "reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:10 msgid "" "When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " "list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" " products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" ":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:17 msgid "" "Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " "this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " "often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" " the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:24 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " ":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " "settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" " > Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:40 msgid "" "Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" " settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " "options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " ":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " ":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:128 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:129 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:58 msgid "" "Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " "button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " "blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " "type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " "open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:73 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " "transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:78 msgid "" "Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" " the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:81 msgid "" "A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," " for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:88 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " ":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " "the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:92 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:103 msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:105 msgid "" "Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " ":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" " of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" "Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:114 msgid "" "On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " "transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " "(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:148 msgid "" "Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " "employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:125 msgid "" "Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " "transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:128 msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:130 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:157 msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:137 msgid "Process batch transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:139 msgid "" "Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " "--> Batch Transfers` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:142 msgid "" "From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " "transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" " the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " ":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:147 msgid "" "Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " "button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " "button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " "are currently *not* available in-stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:154 msgid "" "In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " "`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " "product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " "column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" " quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "" "Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " "Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:163 msgid "" "Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " "tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:165 msgid "" "To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." " On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" " for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" " fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " "products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:171 msgid "" "The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " "`, is only visible in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " "quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:175 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " "for available products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:182 msgid "Create backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:184 msgid "" "On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " "is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:187 msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:189 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" " batch transfer, containing the remaining products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:192 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " "another batch picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:194 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " "transfer form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:203 msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:205 msgid "" "Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," " accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:208 msgid "" "By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " "Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " "the detailed list of products for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:215 msgid "" "For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " "page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " "record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " "the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " "picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:221 msgid "" "Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " "Completed pickings are highlighted in green." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:225 msgid "" "In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " "and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " "that the last two product pickings are complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:229 msgid "" "`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " "scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " "to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " ":ref:`product tracking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:0 msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/batch_transfers.rst:237 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " "mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:3 msgid "Cluster picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:10 msgid "" "Cluster picking is an advanced order fulfillment approach derived from " ":ref:`batch picking `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:13 msgid "" "In this strategy, pickers load a cart with multiple packages, each " "designated for a specific *sales order* (SO). Then, the picker travels to " "each storage location, and places the products directly in the package of " "the associated order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:17 msgid "" "This method is most efficient for medium-sized companies, with high order " "volumes, and relatively few unique products, since the method eliminates the" " need for sorting products into packages for customers after picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:21 msgid "" "However, cluster picking does have some disadvantages. For instance, urgent " "orders cannot be prioritized, and optimized batches must be manually created" " beforehand. As a result, the picking process can lead to bottlenecks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:28 msgid "|SO| 1 calls for one apple and orange" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:29 msgid "|SO| 2 calls for one apple and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:30 msgid "|SO| 3 calls for one apple, orange, and banana" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:32 msgid "" "Apples are stored in Shelf A, oranges in Shelf B, and bananas in Shelf C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:34 msgid "" "To pick products for three orders at once, the cart is loaded with three " "empty packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:36 msgid "" "Starting at Shelf A, the picker places apples into each package. Next, the " "picker navigates to Shelf B, and places oranges in the packages designated " "for |SO| 1 and |SO| 3. Finally, the picker pushes the cart to Shelf C, and " "loads packages for |SO| 2 and |SO| 3 with a banana, each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:40 msgid "" "With the packages for all three |SOS| packed, the picker pushes the cart to " "the output location, where the packages are sealed and prepared for " "shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Show example of fulfilling sales orders 2 and 3 at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:50 msgid "" "To enable cluster picking, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Operations` " "heading, activate the :guilabel:`Packages` and :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` " "options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst-1 msgid "Activate *Packages* and *Batch Transfers* features in the settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:58 msgid "" "Since batch picking is used to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options, " "under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, must also be checked on this " "settings page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:62 msgid "" "*Storage locations* allow products to be stored in specific locations they " "can be picked from, while *multi-step routes* enable the picking operation " "itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:65 msgid "When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:74 msgid "Packages setup" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:76 msgid "" "After the :guilabel:`Packages` feature is enabled, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Packages`, and click the " ":guilabel:`New` button to create a new package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:79 msgid "" "On the new package form, the :guilabel:`Package Reference` is pre-filled " "with the next available `PACK` number in the system. :guilabel:`Pack Date` " "is automatically set to the creation date of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:83 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Package Use` field to :guilabel:`Reusable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:89 msgid "" "A package intended for cluster picking is named `CLUSTER-PACK-3` for easy " "identification. For this workflow, the products are directly packed using " "their intended shipping boxes, so :guilabel:`Package Use` is set to " ":guilabel:`Disposable Box`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Create new package form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:98 msgid "Create cluster batch" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:100 msgid "" "To see how cluster picking works in Odoo, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and create |SOS| that will be fulfilled together" " in the same batch. After confirming an |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart" " button becomes visible. Displayed inside the icon is a number representing " "the amount of steps in the outgoing shipment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:106 msgid "" "Begin by creating three |SOS| for the apples, oranges, and bananas, as shown" " in the :ref:`example above `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:109 msgid "" "After confirming the |SO|, the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button displays " "the number `2`, indicating there are two operations to complete: `Pick` and " "`Delivery`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example sales order for an apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:116 msgid "" "With the |SOS| created, orders now must be grouped into batches. To do so, " "navigate to the *Inventory* dashboard and select the operation type card, " ":guilabel:`Delivery Orders` or :guilabel:`Pick` (whichever is the first " "operation in the delivery flow)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:120 msgid "" "Doing so displays a filtered list of outgoing operations with the " ":guilabel:`Ready` status, indicating that all the products in the |SO| are " "in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:124 msgid "" "Cluster pick batches can be created for outgoing shipments in one, two, or " "three steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:127 msgid ":ref:`Delivery in one step `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:131 msgid "" "Click the checkbox to the left of the corresponding outgoing operation to " "add them to the batch. With the desired pickings selected, click the " ":guilabel:`⚙️ Actions (gear)` button, and select the :guilabel:`Add to " "batch` option from the resulting drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:136 msgid "" "To create a cluster batch, as shown in the :ref:`example above " "`, in a warehouse configured with " "two-step outgoing shipments, the following pick operations are selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:140 msgid "`WH/PICK/00007`: linked to |SO| 88 for one apple and orange." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:141 msgid "`WH/PICK/00008`: linked to |SO| 89 for one apple and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:142 msgid "`WH/PICK/00009`: linked to |SO| 90 for one apple, orange, and banana." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:151 msgid "" "Choose from the two options in the :guilabel:`Add to` field to either: add " "to :guilabel:`an existing batch transfer`, or create :guilabel:`a new batch " "transfer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:154 msgid "" "To create draft batch pickings to be confirmed at a later date, select the " ":guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:164 msgid "Process batches" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:166 msgid "" "To process batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations" " --> Batch Transfers`. Click on a batch to select it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:169 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, products that are to be picked " "are grouped by location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:171 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Source Package` or :guilabel:`Destination Package` " "field, enter the package used for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:175 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Source Package` field when the picking package is " "configured as *reusable* on the :ref:`package form `. This means the products are temporarily placed in a container " "during picking, before getting transferred to their final shipping box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:179 msgid "" "Alternatively, use the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field when the " "product is directly placed in its *disposable* shipping box during picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:183 msgid "" "Process the cluster batch for the three orders of apples, oranges, and " "bananas :ref:`example ` by assigning" " each picking to a dedicated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:186 msgid "" "At the storage location for apples, `WH/Stock/Shelf A`, assign the apples in" " all three pickings to one of the three disposable packages, `CLUSTER-" "PACK-1`, `CLUSTER-PACK-2`, or `CLUSTER-PACK-3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:189 msgid "" "Record this in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Destination Package` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of processing cluster pickings in *Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:197 msgid "In Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:199 msgid "" "To process cluster pickings directly from the *Barcode* app, select the " ":guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button from the *Barcode* dashboard. Then, " "select the desired batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:202 msgid "" "On the batch transfer screen, the products in the picking are grouped by " "location, and each line is color-coded to associate products in the same " "picking together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:205 msgid "" "Then, follow the prompt to :guilabel:`Scan the source location` barcode for " "the storage location of the first product. Then, scan the barcode for the " "product and package to process the transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:208 msgid "" "Repeat this for all products, and click the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:211 msgid "" "To find the package barcode, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Packages`, select the desired package, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon at the top of the package form, and select the " ":guilabel:`Print` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:215 msgid "" "Next, select one of the three print options to generate the package barcode " "from the :guilabel:`Package Reference` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Display where the package barcode can be generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:223 msgid "" "Begin processing the cluster picking by going to the first storage location," " `Shelf A`, and scanning the :ref:`location barcode " "`. Doing so highlights all the pickings that need " "products from this particular location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:227 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for the apple, which highlights the picking (labeled in " "red) for the product `Apple`, for the picking, `WH/PICK/00007`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:230 msgid "" "Then, scan the `CLUSTER-PACK-1` package barcode, and place the product in " "the designated package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:0 msgid "Example of cluster batch from the *Barcode* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cluster_picking.rst:237 msgid "" "After creating a batch transfer and assigning a package to a picking, Odoo " "suggests the specified package by displaying the name *in italics* under the" " product name, ensuring pickers place products into the correct boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:3 msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" "For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " "This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" " scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" " of the current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" "However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " "count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " "stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " "their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " "physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:15 msgid "Activate storage locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" " feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" "To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " "Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:29 msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" "Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " "frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" "To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " "containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" "From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " "configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " "location settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" " this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " "value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" "A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" "Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " "applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " "set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " "(Days)` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:59 msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" "To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " "This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " "products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" "From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" " the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " "select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" "To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " "click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " "reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " "location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " "be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" "In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " "it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " "from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." " Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" "For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" "down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " "the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " "for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:97 msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" "While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " "for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " "be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " "field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " "by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst-1 msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" "To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " "`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " "purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " "will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " "warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " "*consignment*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" "Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " "easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " "storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " "efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " "products they don't actually own." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:16 msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" "To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " "enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," " check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" " a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" " the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:35 msgid "" "Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " "received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " "orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " "consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "" "Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " "choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:43 msgid "" "Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " "vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " "must match." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " "warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " "Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " "changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " ":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:56 msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " "the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " "option enabled on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:61 msgid "" "To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " "from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " "choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " "that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:69 msgid "" "Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " "order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " "product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " "become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" " to validate the delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:82 msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:84 msgid "" "Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " "by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " "*still* appear in certain inventory reports." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:87 msgid "" "To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " "and choose a report to view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:91 msgid "" "Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " "are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " "impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:96 msgid "Product moves report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:98 msgid "" "To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " ":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " "in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " "moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " ":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " "are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " ":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:106 msgid "" "To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " ":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " "parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " "finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst-1 msgid "Consignment stock moves history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:115 msgid "" "To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:119 msgid "Stock on hand report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/owned_stock.rst:121 msgid "" "View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " "report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " "addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " ":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," " or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:3 msgid "Putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations " "upon shipment arrival." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway rules*, which dictate how" " products move through specified warehouse locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:10 msgid "" "Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to " "efficiently move products to specified locations, and ensure easy retrieval " "for future delivery orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "In warehouses that process specific kinds of products, putaway rules can " "also prevent volatile substances from being stored in close proximity, by " "directing them to different locations determined by the warehouse manager." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Putaway Rules " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "To use putaway rules, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. By doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:27 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:36 msgid "Define putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:38 msgid "" "To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the " ":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:43 msgid "" "Putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category, and/or " "package type (the *Packages* setting must be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` for that)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:47 msgid "" "In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where " "the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to " "the :guilabel:`Store to` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:50 msgid "" "For this to work, the :guilabel:`Store to` location must be a *sub-location*" " of the first (e.g., `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named location inside " "`WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:55 msgid "" "In a warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, there are the following sub-" "locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:57 msgid "WH/Stock/Fruits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:58 msgid "WH/Stock/Vegetables" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:60 msgid "" "Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field " ":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the " ":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:63 msgid "Repeat this for all products and hit :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:70 msgid "Putaway rule priority" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:72 msgid "" "Odoo selects a putaway rule based on the following priority list (from " "highest to lowest) until a match is found:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:75 msgid "Package type and product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:76 msgid "Package type and product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:79 msgid "Product category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:82 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` has the following putaway rules configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:84 msgid "" "When receiving a `Pallet` (:guilabel:`Package Type`) of `Lemonade cans`, it " "is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:86 msgid "" "`Lemonade can`'s :guilabel:`Product Category` is `All/drinks`, and when " "receiving a `Box` of any item in this product category, items are redirected" " to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:88 msgid "Any product on a `Pallet` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:89 msgid "The product `Lemonade can` is redirected to `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:90 msgid "" "Items in the `All/drinks` product category are redirected to `WH/Stock/Small" " Refrigerator`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:97 msgid "Storage categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:99 msgid "" "A *storage category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " "allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " "location, and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:106 msgid "" "To enable storage categories, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories`" " feature in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:111 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature **must** be enabled to enable " ":guilabel:`Storage Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:115 msgid "Define storage category" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:117 msgid "" "To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:120 msgid "" "On the storage category form, type a name for the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:122 msgid "" "Options are available to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " "package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " "location is considered available to store a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " "location is empty." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:127 msgid "" ":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " "the same product is already there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:129 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " "in this location at the same time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:133 msgid "" "Create putaway rules for pallet-stored items and ensure real-time storage " "capacity checks by creating the `High Frequency pallets` storage category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:136 msgid "" "Name the :guilabel:`Storage Category`, and select :guilabel:`If all products" " are same` in the :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:139 msgid "" "Then, define package capacity in the :guilabel:`Capacity by Package` tab, " "specifying the number of packages for the designated :guilabel:`Package " "Type` and setting a maximum of `2.00` `Pallets` for a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "Create a storage category on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:147 msgid "" "Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " "linked to a location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:149 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to the location by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Locations`, and select the location. Click " ":guilabel:`Edit` and select the created category in the :guilabel:`Storage " "Category` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:154 msgid "" "Assign the `High Frequency pallets` storage category to the " "`WH/Stock/pallets/PAL 1` sub-location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:0 msgid "" "When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:162 msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:164 msgid "" "To continue the example from above, apply the `High Frequency Pallets` on " "the `PAL1` and `PAL2` locations and :ref:`rework the putaway rules " "` as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:167 msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:169 msgid "" "If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:170 msgid "" "If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst:171 msgid "" "If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/putaway.rst-1 msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " "smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " "from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" "Sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from " "two (or more) warehouses; in Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses" " to satisfy sales demands can be done using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" "The solution in this document, describing the use of a virtual warehouse to " "fulfill orders for multiple warehouses, has some limitations. Consider the " "following before proceeding:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:17 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is set to a virtual warehouse on a " "sales order, the virtual warehouse's address is indicated on the picking, " "packing, and delivery forms, **not** the actual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:20 msgid "" "Each location has a `warehouse_id` (hidden field). This means that the stock" " in the virtual warehouse will **not** be the sum of the stock of the real " "warehouses, but rather the sum of the stock in the locations whose warehouse" " ID is the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" "Potential limitation for those using :doc:`two " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>` or " ":doc:`three-step delivery " "<../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:29 msgid "" "The output or packing zone on the various forms is incorrectly listed as the" " virtual warehouse's address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "There is no workaround for two or three-step deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:32 msgid "" "Proceed **only** if setting a virtual warehouse's address as the output or " "packing zone makes sense for the company's workflow." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:36 msgid "" "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses, and proceed to the " "following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" " Routes` features **must** be enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and enable the " ":guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options. " "Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:47 msgid "Create virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:49 msgid "" "Before creating any virtual stock locations, create a new warehouse that " "acts as a *virtual* warehouse — the *parent* location of other physical " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:54 msgid "" "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " "warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " "out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " "on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " "used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:59 msgid "" "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " "stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " "purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:63 msgid "" "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the " "warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and " "other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " "Configuration` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:68 msgid "" "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating a *regular* warehouse. " "Continue following the steps below to finish configuring the virtual parent " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "New warehouse form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:76 msgid "" ":doc:`Warehouse configurations " "<../inventory_management/warehouses_locations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:77 msgid "" ":ref:`Incoming and outgoing shipments " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:78 msgid "" ":doc:`Resupply from another warehouse " "<../inventory_management/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:83 msgid "Create child warehouses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:85 msgid "" "Create at least two *child* warehouses to link to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " "there needs to be at least **two** warehouses acting as child locations of " "the virtual parent location warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:91 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and follow the :ref:`preceding " "instructions ` to configure the physical stock " "locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH/Stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "**Child Warehouses**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA` and `WHB`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "" "Graphic of child locations 'WHA' and 'WHB' tied to the parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:110 msgid "" "While the virtual stock location will be changed to 'View' later, the " ":guilabel:`Location Type` **must** be :guilabel:`Internal Location` at this " "point to :ref:`link the child warehouses ` in " "the next section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:117 msgid "Link child warehouses to virtual stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:119 msgid "" "To set physical warehouses as child locations of the virtual location " "configured in the :ref:`previous step `, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:123 msgid "" "Remove any filters from the search bar. Then, click the physical warehouse " ":guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a child location " "(e.g. `WHA`), and click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:126 msgid "" "Change the :guilabel:`Parent Location` field from :guilabel:`Physical " "Locations` to the virtual warehouse's **stock location** (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) " "from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:131 msgid "" "To select the virtual warehouse's stock location in the :guilabel:`Parent " "Location` drop-down menu, the parent warehouse stock location (e.g. " "`VWH/Stock`) **must** have its :guilabel:`Location Type` set to " ":guilabel:`Internal Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Set the child warehouse's *Parent Location* to the virtual warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:139 msgid "Repeat the preceding steps to configure two or more child warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:141 msgid "" "Once complete, the virtual, parent warehouse (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) fulfills " "orders using stock from child warehouses (e.g. `WHA` and `WHB`), if there is" " insufficient stock in any one location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:145 msgid "Set virtual stock location as 'view'" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:147 msgid "" "Set the virtual stock location's :guilabel:`Location Type` to " ":guilabel:`View`, as it is a non-existent location used to group various " "physical warehouses together." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:150 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:152 msgid "" "Click the virtual warehouse's stock location (e.g. `VWH/Stock`) that was " ":ref:`previously created `, from the " ":guilabel:`Locations` list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:155 msgid "" "On the location form, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` heading, " "set the :guilabel:`Location Type` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:163 msgid "" "To view the total quantity across **all** linked child warehouses, go to the" " product form and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Display stock across all linked warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:171 msgid "Example: sell products from a virtual warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:173 msgid "" "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual parent location, " "the database must have at least **two** warehouses configured — with at " "least **one** product, with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, " "respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:178 msgid "" "The following product, `Toy soldier`, is available at each location with the" " quantities:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:180 msgid "`WHA/Stock` : 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:181 msgid "`WHB/Stock` : 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:182 msgid "" "Warehouses `WHA` and `WHB` are child warehouses of the virtual warehouse " "`VWH`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:184 msgid "" "Create a quotation for the product by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. On the quote, " "add a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " "two products stored in the two warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " "the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " "value to the virtual warehouse that was :ref:`previously created " "`. Next, :guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Set virtual warehouse as the *Warehouse* field in sales order's *Other Info*" " tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:196 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse " "delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list" " the virtual warehouse location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:200 msgid "" "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " "Operations` tab, confirm that the :guilabel:`Locations` in the " ":guilabel:`From` column for each product match the child locations that are " "tied to the virtual parent location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:209 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form, and the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " "order, **must** match for products in the sales order to be pulled from " "different warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:213 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is not in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on " "the warehouse delivery form, retry product reservation by:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:216 msgid "" "Running the scheduler: turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:218 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Check Availability` on the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:219 msgid "" "If the virtual warehouse is **not** assigned to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "field on the sales order, then cancel it, and create a new sales order with " "the virtual warehouse set in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:222 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " "the multiple child warehouses may not have been set up correctly. Review the" " :ref:`previous section ` to ensure the correct " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:227 msgid "" "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " "orders, each salesperson should have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " "from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " "employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/stock_warehouses.rst:0 msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " "only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " "pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " "be a better fit than the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:9 msgid "" "To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " "at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " "transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:18 msgid "" "Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:21 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " "the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " ":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " "settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" "View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:30 msgid "Add products to a wave" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:32 msgid "" "Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " "products to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " "operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " "operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " "desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " "icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " ":guilabel:`Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:43 msgid "" "On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" " existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst-1 msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " "product, location, carrier, etc..." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:54 msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " ":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " "transfer from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:59 msgid "" "To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " "option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " "optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " "selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:64 msgid "View wave transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/wave_transfers.rst:66 msgid "" "To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" " can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " ":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:5 msgid "Inventory management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:3 msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:7 msgid "" "In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " "database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " "warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " "human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " "be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" " the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:14 msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:16 msgid "" "To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:23 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " "currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " "following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" " is stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " "adjustment line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " "specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " "of both." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:32 msgid "" "If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " "than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" "identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " "lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:37 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" " in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " "Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " ":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " ":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:41 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " "count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" " if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " "made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" " otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " "current year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" " either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " "count in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" " product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " ":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " ":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " "currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " "purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " "quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " "accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " "are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " "database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:63 msgid "" "Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " ":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " "the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " "checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:68 msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:70 msgid "" "To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " "Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " "inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:74 msgid "" "On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" " tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " "number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " "quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:83 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " "`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " "is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " "set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:87 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " "their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " "changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " "selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " "inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:93 msgid "" "Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " "away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" " top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:158 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" " quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:106 msgid "" "At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " "yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " "not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:110 msgid "" "There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " "to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " "page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " "Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " "an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " ":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:116 msgid "" "From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " "inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " "Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " "on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:120 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " "specified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:127 msgid "Count products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:129 msgid "" "Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " "complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " "product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:133 msgid "" "On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " "Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " "If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " ":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:137 msgid "" "Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " "to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " "inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " "product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:146 msgid "" "If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " "in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " "clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " "the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:150 msgid "" "To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " "specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " "changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " "`0.00`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:154 msgid "" "To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" "counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " "adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " ":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:164 msgid "" "Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " "recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " "moves." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:172 msgid "" "Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " "In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " "product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " "can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " "extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " "adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:179 msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:181 msgid "" "By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " "scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " "companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " "times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:185 msgid "" "To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " "section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " "which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" "Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" " setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:193 msgid "" "To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " "the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:199 msgid "" "Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:202 msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:204 msgid "" "To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " "in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:207 msgid "" "Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " "the far left of each product line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:211 msgid "" "To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " "checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " ":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst-1 msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:219 msgid "" "Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" " Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " "Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " "information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:224 msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" " be accounted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," " select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " "product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " ":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:230 msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:233 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " "assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/count_products.rst:237 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/advanced_operations_warehouse/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " "Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" " between them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " "with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," " select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " ":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " "referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" " the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " "vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 msgid "" "The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" " :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " "they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" " outgoing shipments should follow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " "from this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " "this warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " "manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " "to be delivered to the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " "the warehouse being created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 msgid "" "Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " "Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " "warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " "heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 msgid "" "After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " "will be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "" "If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " "inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " "Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " "to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" " Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " "adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " "adjustment can be referred to by" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " "include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" " added to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " "or leave blank to select any product during the next step" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " "zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " "have no existing inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " "bookkeeping related to the inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " "user's company or as a customer or vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " "products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " "affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " "to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " "adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " "fill out the product line as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " "the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " "within the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " "serial number used to identify it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 msgid "" ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " "location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " "new location or warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " "inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " "values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " ":guilabel:`Counted` column" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 msgid "" "After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " ":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " "values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" " :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " "inventory of the new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " "that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " "local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " "ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " "warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 msgid "" "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" "Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 msgid "" "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "" "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " "warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 msgid "" "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " "warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" " :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " "warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " "warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " "resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "" "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " "available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " "Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " "product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" " with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " "by moving the product from one warehouse to another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 msgid "" "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " ":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " "automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " "the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " "second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." " The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " "tracked in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 msgid "" "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " "Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " "delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "" "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:3 msgid "Locations" msgstr "Lokacije" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:5 msgid "" "A *location* is a specific space within a warehouse. This can be a shelf, " "room, aisle, etc. There are three types of locations in Odoo:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 msgid "" "*Physical locations* are spaces within a warehouse owned by the user's " "company. These can be a an area where items are stored like an aisle or " "shelf, or an area where operations take place, like loading and unloading " "bays." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "*Partner locations* are the same as physical locations except that they " "exist within the warehouse of a customer or vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:13 msgid "" "*Virtual locations* are locations that do not exist physically, but where " "items that are not in inventory can be placed. These can be items that have " "not yet entered inventory, like products that are on the way to a warehouse," " or items that are no longer in inventory due to loss or other factors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "In order to use locations, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting must be" " enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, and enable " "the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:24 msgid "Create a new location inside a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations --> Create`. The new location " "form can then be configured as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Name`: the name that will be used to reference the " "location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:30 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Parent Location`: the location or warehouse that the new location" " exists within" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location Type`: choose the category that the location belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:32 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse that the location " "is inside of" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Scrap Location?`: check this box to allow for " "scrapped/damaged goods to be stored in this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Is a Return Location?`: check this box to allow products to be " "returned to this location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:37 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: the barcode number assigned to the location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:38 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Removal Strategy`: the :doc:`strategy <../removal_strategies>` " "for how items should be taken from inventory" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst-1 msgid "The form for creating a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:48 msgid "Create location hierarchies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:50 msgid "" "The *Parent Location* setting on the new location form allows for a location" " to exist within a warehouse or another location. Every location can serve " "as a parent location, and every parent location can have multiple locations " "within it, allowing for the creation of a virtually infinite hierarchical " "structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:56 msgid "" "Location hierarchy could be organized so that a shelf is located within an " "aisle, which is located within a room, which is located within the overall " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:59 msgid "" "To create the location hierarchy in the example above, set the warehouse as " "the parent of the room, the room as the parent of the aisle, and the aisle " "as the parent of the shelf. This can be adapted to a hierarchy of any " "magnitude." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:5 msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " "made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," " which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " "configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" " the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " "storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " "products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " "locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " "receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " "Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " "to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" " the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " "respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:47 msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " "*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " "triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:56 msgid "" "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " "the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " "between the two locations is created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" " pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " "backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " "transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " "finally the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:71 msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " "products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " "product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " "Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " "applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " "locations for different products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" " the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" " to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " "already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " "rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " "example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " "grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" " per customer order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:97 msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:102 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:103 msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" "Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " "as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" "To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " "application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " "the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " "the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " "that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:124 msgid "Pre-configured routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" "To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " ":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " "pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " ":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " "user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " ":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" " set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" " the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " "the route form, the user can view which places the route is " ":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " "a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " "environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " "Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:154 msgid "" "At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " ":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " ":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " ":guilabel:`Destination Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " "this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " "places." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " ":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " "be manually set on the product category form by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " "select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " "and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " "the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " "helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " "from the same category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " ":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " "warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " "that route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:197 msgid "" "If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " "less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " "quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:201 msgid "" "Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " "quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " "quotation/sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " "manually set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" "To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " "--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " "select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:220 msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Pravila" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "" "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" " route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " "section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " ":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" " specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " "from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " "appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " "this need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " "in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " "the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " "destination location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " "two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " "at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " "is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " "are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " "request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" "zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " "defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " ":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" " of the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " "bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:269 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " "products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" " is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " "products to the source location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" "If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " "to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:281 msgid "Sample full route flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" " flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" " three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " "Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " ":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " ":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " "ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " "status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " "Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:319 msgid "" "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " "area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " "output zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" " zones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " "process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " "which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" " (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " "everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " "items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst:338 msgid "" "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" " have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " "transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " "transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" "warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " "and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " "an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" " then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " "additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " "needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 msgid "" "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " "additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " "be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " "another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " "identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" " new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " "will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "" "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " "warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 msgid "" "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " "transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " "warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " "Francisco 2\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 msgid "" "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " "transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " "a new one, if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " "the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " "warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " "that products are transferred from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 msgid "" "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " ":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" " be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " "the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" " being replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " "take place" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " "being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " "product will be transferred from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The form for replenishing a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " "outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " "the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " "incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " "between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" "step deliveries and receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 msgid "Process the delivery order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 msgid "" "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" " warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " "button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " "then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" " page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " "reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" " been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " "quantities shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 msgid "" "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " "that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" " button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " "the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " ":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " "quantities received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 msgid "" "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " "the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " "warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " ":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 msgid "" "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " "replenishing one warehouse from another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 msgid "" "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " "product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " "top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " "configure the form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " "when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " "warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" " will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " "in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " "replenished in batches of 20" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " "value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " "length, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 msgid "" "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." " Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " "created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 msgid "" "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " "Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" " pop-up that appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 msgid "" "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " "the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " "and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:3 msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:9 msgid "Warehouse" msgstr "Skladišče" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *warehouse* is the actual building/place in which a company's " "items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " "can create moves between warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:19 msgid "" "A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " "sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " "Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " "to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " "be configured as needed under one warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "There are three types of locations:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:26 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " "areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:30 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " "difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:34 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " "Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " "(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:39 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " "structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " "organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:46 msgid "" "To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:54 msgid "" "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:58 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:60 msgid "" "To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:63 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " "The short name is five characters maximum." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " "documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " "letters of location]\"." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " "related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "" "Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " "created warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:82 msgid "" "Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " ":guilabel:`Locations` setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:85 msgid "Create a new location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:87 msgid "" "To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " "Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" " and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses_locations.rst-1 msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:7 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13 msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " "gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " "costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27 msgid "" "After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " "Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " "the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " "line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:35 msgid "" "For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " "Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " "bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " "information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " "Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " ":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " "always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" " tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " ":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " "product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " "the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " "the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " "lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " "clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " "the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" "Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:64 msgid "" "After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " "record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " "impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " "landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:68 msgid "" "The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " "cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:72 msgid "" "The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " "set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " "Costing)` method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "Landed cost journal entry" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80 msgid "" "Landed cost records can also be directly created in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " "necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" "All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " "inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " "records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " "inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " "journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " "warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " "is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" "The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 msgid "" "Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " "method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " "entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " "company's inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 msgid "" "Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " "accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " "Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " "checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " "basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 msgid "Types of accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 msgid "" "Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " "*Anglo-Saxon*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 msgid "" "Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " "navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 msgid "" "In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " "when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " "only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " "*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" " both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 msgid "" "In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " "product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " "used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 msgid "Costing methods" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 msgid "" "Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " "valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "" "**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " "product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " "compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " "differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 msgid "" "**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " "average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" " on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " "constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" "**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " "items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " "valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " "sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " "lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " "valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " "inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " "sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 msgid "" "Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" " recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " "here." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:78 msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 msgid "" "Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " "choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " "apply." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 msgid "" "It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " "categories." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " "desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " ":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " "In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " ":guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 msgid "" ":ref:`Using the inventory " "valuation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 msgid "" "When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " "Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " "products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " ":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " "purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " "validated purchase orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " "that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " "value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " "from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " "change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " "changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " "*Inventory Valuation* report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 msgid "" "On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " "appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " "inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " "enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " "products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " "stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " "all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:118 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" " stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " "valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" " for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:124 msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "" "To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." " At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " ":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " ":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" " at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 msgid "" "Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " "all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 msgid "" "Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " "Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " "to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " ":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " "entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " ":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " "filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:7 msgid "" "*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " "calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " "valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " "physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:17 msgid "" "To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " "entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " "going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:26 msgid "" "In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " "company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " "scenario below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32 msgid "" "To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" " the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " "desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" " icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" " link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" " as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " "Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:40 msgid "" "Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "" "Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " "purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" " :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " "displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " "affected by this purchase." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:56 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" "The :doc:`consignment " "`" " feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " "companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" "For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " "product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" " the :ref:`stock valuation report `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " "warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " "button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " "valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "Inventory valuation report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:88 msgid "" "To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " ":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " "with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" " :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:95 msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " ":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:102 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " "the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" "up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " "date can be seen and selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:107 msgid "" "View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" "hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " "right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 msgid "Update product unit price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:114 msgid "" "For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " "can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " "represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " "to update the unit price of products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119 msgid "" "Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" " for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " ":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " ":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:127 msgid "" "Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" " by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " "Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " ":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " "product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " "reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " "(plus)` button on the right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:133 msgid "" "Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" " Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " "recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:138 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" " only visible after grouping entries by product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 msgid "" "Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " "inflation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:148 msgid "" "In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " "dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " "valuation records are identified by checking values in the " ":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " "value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " "for receipts)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:154 msgid "" "Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " "accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " "of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " "warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:159 msgid "" "To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " "reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " "found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." " Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " "matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:168 msgid "" "`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " "the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " "stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation.rst:176 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:6 msgid "Removal strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:8 msgid "" "For companies with warehouses, *removal strategies* determine **which** " "products are taken from the warehouse, and **when**. For example, for " "perishable products, prioritizing the picking of goods with the nearest " "expiration date helps minimize food spoilage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:12 msgid "" "The following columns in the table below list the removal strategies " "available in Odoo, and detail how pickings are determined along with the " "picking order. Leverage these removal strategies to have Odoo automatically " "select how products are selected for orders:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:21 msgid ":doc:`FIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:22 msgid ":doc:`LIFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:23 msgid ":doc:`FEFO `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`Closest Location `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:25 msgid ":doc:`Least Packages `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:26 msgid "Based on" msgstr "Na osnovi" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Incoming date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:29 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:30 msgid ":ref:`Location sequence `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:31 msgid ":ref:`Package quantity `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:32 msgid "Selection order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:33 msgid "First in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:34 msgid "Last in" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`First to expire `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:36 msgid "" ":ref:`Alphanumeric name of location `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:37 msgid "Quantity closest to fulfilling demand" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:39 msgid "" "For comprehensive examples for how to use each removal strategy, refer to " "each individual documentation page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Removal strategies are set on either the product category or storage " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "" "Change the Force Removal Strategy for either the Product Categories or " "Locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:53 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on the location by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, and selecting " "the desired location. On the location form, choose a removal strategy from " "the :guilabel:`Removal Strategy` field's drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:58 msgid "" "To set a removal strategy on a location, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` " "and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:62 msgid "" "These features are **only** necessary when setting the removal strategy on a" " location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:64 msgid "" "Configure removal strategies on product categories by going to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " "selecting the intended product category. Next, choose a removal strategy " "from the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` drop-down menu options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:69 msgid "" "When there are different removal strategies applied on both the location and" " product category for a product, the value set on the :guilabel:`Force " "Removal Strategy` field set on a :guilabel:`Product Category` form is " "applied as top priority." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:94 msgid "Required features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:76 msgid "" "While some removal strategies are available by default, some additional " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Settings` for the removal strategy option to appear in the drop-down " "menu of the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` or :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:81 msgid "" "Refer to the table below for a summary of required features. Otherwise, " "refer to the dedicated sections for the removal strategy for more details on" " requirements and usage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:89 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:90 msgid "LIFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:91 msgid "FEFO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:92 msgid "Closest Location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:93 msgid "Least Packages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:96 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers" msgstr "Loti & Serijske številke" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:97 msgid "Lots & Serial Numbers, Expiration Date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:98 msgid "Storage Locations, Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:104 msgid "Lots and serial numbers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:106 msgid "" "Lots and serial numbers differentiate identical products and track " "information like arrival or expiration dates. To enable this feature, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under" " the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box beside :guilabel:`Lots " "& Serial Numbers` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable lots and serial numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, ensure the intended product is tracked by lots or serial numbers by " "navigating to the product form through :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product. On the product " "form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and under the " ":guilabel:`Tracking` field, select either the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial " "Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:121 msgid "" "After enabling the features, assign lot or serial numbers to products using " "an :doc:`inventory adjustment ` or " "during :ref:`product reception `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:126 msgid "Locations and routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:128 msgid "" "**Storage locations** and **multi-step routes** are necessary features for " "setting **all** types of removal strategies on a location. However, these " "features are specifically required for the closest location removal strategy" " since it is only applied at the location level." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:132 msgid "" "To activate these features, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading, enable" " the :guilabel:`Storage Location` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " "features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the locations and route features." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:143 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:97 msgid "Expiration date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:145 msgid "" "Enable the **expiration date** feature to track expiration dates, best " "before dates, removal dates, and alert dates on a lot or serial number by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:149 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, ensure the :guilabel:`Lots & " "Serial Numbers` feature is selected, and then select the check box for " ":guilabel:`Expiration Dates` to enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable expiration dates feature for FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:161 msgid "" "The *packages* feature is used to group products together and is required " "for the least packages removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:164 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "select the check box for the :guilabel:`Packages` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst-1 msgid "Enable the packages feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`Packages <../product_management/product_tracking/package>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:173 msgid "" ":doc:`2-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies.rst:174 msgid "" ":doc:`3-step delivery " "<../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:3 msgid "Closest location removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:5 msgid "" "For the *Closest Location* removal strategy, products are picked based on " "the alphanumeric order of storage location titles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:8 msgid "" "The goal of this strategy is to save the warehouse worker from taking a long" " journey to a farther shelf when the product is also available at a closer " "location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`About removal strategies <../removal_strategies>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:16 msgid "" "To understand *location sequence* in the closest removal strategy, consider " "the following example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:19 msgid "" "A product is stored in the following locations: `Shelf A/Pallet`, `Shelf " "A/Rack 1`, and `Shelf A/Rack 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Show a mockup of real storage location in a warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:26 msgid "" "The sublocation, `Pallet`, is on the ground level. Products stored here are " "easier to retrieve, compared to requiring a forklift to reach `Rack 1` and " "`Rack 2`. The storage locations were strategically named in alphabetic " "order, based on ease of access." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:31 msgid "" "To use this removal strategy, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and " ":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` settings **must** be enabled in " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:35 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:40 msgid "Location names" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:42 msgid "" "To configure location names, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Locations`. Then, select" " an existing location, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, and " "then enter the desired name in the :guilabel:`Location Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:46 msgid "" "Once the locations are named in alphabetical order, based on their proximity" " to the output or packing location, set the removal strategy on the " ":ref:`parent location `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:50 msgid "" "To do that, in the :guilabel:`Locations` list, select the parent location of" " the alphabetically named storage locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:53 msgid "" "Doing so opens the form for the parent location. In the :guilabel:`Removal " "Strategy` field, select :guilabel:`Closest Location`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:57 msgid "" "In a warehouse, the storage location `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` is located closest " "to the packing area, where products retrieved from shelves are packed for " "shipment. The popular product, `iPhone charger` is stored in three " "locations, `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:62 msgid "" "To use closest location, set the removal strategy on the parent location, " "'WH/Stock'." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:67 msgid "" "To see how the closest location removal strategy works, consider the " "following example, featuring the popular product, `iPhone charger`, which is" " stored in `WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`, and `WH/Stock/Shelf 3`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:71 msgid "" "Fifteen, five, and thirty units are in stock at each respective location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:74 msgid "" "To check the on-hand stock at each storage location, navigate to the product" " form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock at all locations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:81 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighteen " "units of the `iPhone charger` by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales " "app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:84 msgid "" "After adding the products, clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery " "order that reserves items stored at the closest location, using the removal " "strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:87 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window that displays how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. All fifteen of the units stored at the closest location, " "`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, are picked first. The remaining three units are then " "selected from the second closest location, `WH/Stock/Shelf 2`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/closest_location.rst-1 msgid "Display *Pick From* quantities for the order for iPhone chargers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:3 msgid "FEFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) removal strategy targets products for " "removal based on their assigned removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:14 msgid "Removal date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:16 msgid "" "Products **must** be removed from inventory before their *removal date*, " "which is set as a certain number of days before the product's *expiration " "date*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:19 msgid "" "The user sets this number of days by navigating to the product form's " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, " "ensure the :guilabel:`Tracking` field is set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` " "or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` option, which makes the " ":guilabel:`Removal Date` field (and other date fields) appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:27 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Lots and Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " "features **must** be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings` to track expiration dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:31 msgid "" "The expiration date of a product is determined by adding the date the " "product was received to the number of days specified in the " ":guilabel:`Expiration Date` field of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:34 msgid "" "The removal date takes this expiration date, and subtracts the number of " "days specified in the :guilabel:`Removal Date` field of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:38 msgid "" ":doc:`Expiration dates " "<../../product_management/product_tracking/expiration_dates>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:41 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product, `Egg`, the following " ":guilabel:`Dates` are set by the user:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: `30` days after receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Removal Date`: `15` days before expiration date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "Display expiration and removal dates set on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:51 msgid "" "A shipment of Eggs arrive at the warehouse on January 1st. So, the " "expiration date of the Eggs is **January 31st** (Jan 1st + 30). By " "extension, the removal date is **January 16th** (Jan 31 - 15)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:57 msgid "" "To view the expiration dates of items in stock, navigate to the product " "form, and click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:60 msgid "" "Next, click the additional options icon, located on the far-right, and " "select the columns: :guilabel:`Expiration Date` and :guilabel:`Removal " "Date`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "" "Show expiration dates from the inventory adjustments model accessed from the *On Hand*\n" "smart button from the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:71 msgid "" "Using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy ensures " "that products with the nearest removal date are picked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:74 msgid "" "To understand how this removal strategy works, consider the following " "example below about the product, `Carton of eggs`, which is a box containing" " twelve eggs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:77 msgid "" "The product is tracked :guilabel:`By Lots`, and the product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`First Expired, First" " Out (FEFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:81 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Set up force removal strategy `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:25 msgid ":ref:`Enable lots tracking `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:83 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Perishable Products " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:35 msgid "LOT1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:36 msgid "LOT2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:37 msgid "LOT3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:38 msgid "On-hand stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:73 msgid "5" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:75 msgid "2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:96 msgid "1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:98 msgid "April 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:99 msgid "April 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:100 msgid "April 15" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:101 msgid ":ref:`Removal date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:102 msgid "February 26" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:103 msgid "March 4" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:104 msgid "March 9" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:106 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app` " "and create a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:109 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` creates a delivery order for today, December " "29th, and the lot numbers with the soonest expiration dates are reserved, " "using the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:113 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the Carton of egg's product line, in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:117 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst:120 msgid "" "Since the order demanded six Cartons of eggs, using the :abbr:`FEFO (First " "Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, all five Cartons from `LOT1`, with " "the removal date of February 26th, are picked. The remaining Carton is " "selected from `LOT2`, which has a removal date of March 4th." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fefo.rst-1 msgid "The stock moves window that shows the lots to be removed using FEFO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:3 msgid "FIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *First In, First Out* (FIFO) removal strategy selects products with the " "earliest arrival dates. This method is useful for companies selling products" " that have short demand cycles, like clothes, for example. By using " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, companies can prevent prolonged stock " "retention of specific styles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:14 msgid "" "Various quantities of the product, `T-shirt`, tracked by lot numbers, arrive" " on August 1st and August 25th. For an order made on September 1st, the " ":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy prioritizes lots that " "have been in stock the longest. So, products received on August 1st are " "selected first for picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Illustration of FIFO selecting the oldest products in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:24 msgid "" ":ref:`Lot/serial number setup details `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:29 msgid "Arrival date" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:31 msgid "" "To see the product lot or serial number that arrived in inventory first, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:34 msgid "" "Then, select the :guilabel:`▶️ (right-pointing arrow)` icon on the left of a" " product line, in order to reveal a list of the product's lots or serial " "numbers that are in stock. The :guilabel:`Created On` field shows the " "lot/serial number creation date, which is, essentially, the arrival date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:39 msgid "" "Serial number `00000000500` of the product, `Cabinet with Doors`, arrived on" " December 29th, as displayed in the :guilabel:`Created On` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:0 msgid "Display arrival date of a lot for an item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:49 msgid "" "To understand how :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` rotates products out, " "consider the following example, focusing on three lots of white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:52 msgid "" "The shirts are from the *All/Clothes* category, where :abbr:`FIFO (First In," " First Out)` is set as the :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:55 msgid "" "The white shirts are tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:62 msgid "" "The following table represents the on-hand stock and lot number details of " "white shirts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:74 msgid "3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Created on `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:77 msgid "March 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:78 msgid "April 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:79 msgid "May 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:81 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for six white shirts by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:84 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm` on the sales order, a delivery order with" " the oldest lot numbers for shirts are reserved, using the :abbr:`FIFO " "(First In, First Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:87 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the white shirt's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst:91 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded six shirts, all five shirts from " "`LOT1`, and one shirt from `LOT2`, are selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/fifo.rst-1 msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:3 msgid "Least packages removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Least Packages* removal strategy fulfills an order by opening the " "fewest number of packages, which is ideal for maintaining organized stock " "without needing to open multiple boxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:10 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Least Packages " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:12 msgid "" "To understand how the removal strategy works, consider the following " "example, featuring a warehouse that stores packages of flour in bulk " "packages of `100 kg`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:15 msgid "" "To minimize moisture, and/or prevent pests from entering open packages, the " "least packages removal strategy is used to pick from a single, opened " "package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:21 msgid "" "A package of `100 kg` of flour is depleted to `54 kg` after fulfilling some " "orders. There are other packages of `100 kg` in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:24 msgid "" "When an order for `14 kg` of flour is placed, the package of `54 kg` is " "selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:25 msgid "" "When an order for *more* than `54 kg` of flour is placed, an unopened `100 " "kg` package is used to fulfill the order. While this temporarily results in " "two open packages, these open packages are prioritized in the next picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:32 msgid "" "Using the least package removal strategy, the fewest number of packages is " "used to fulfill an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:35 msgid "" "The :ref:`Packages feature ` " "**must** be enabled to use this strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:38 msgid "" "Consider the following example, featuring the product, `Flour`. The " "product's :guilabel:`Units of Measure` field, located on the product form, " "is set to `kg`. The product is stored in packages of `100 kg`, with one " "remaining package containing `54 kg`. The product category's " ":guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` is set to :guilabel:`Least Packages`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:44 msgid "" ":ref:`Set removal strategy on product category " "`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:47 msgid "" "To check the product's on-hand stock, navigate to the product form, and " "click the :guilabel:`On Hand` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:0 msgid "Show on-hand stock in each package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:54 msgid "" "Create a :ref:`delivery order ` for eighty " "kilograms of flour by going to the :menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a" " new quotation. After clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, the delivery order is " "created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:58 msgid "" "On the delivery order, the :guilabel:`Quantity` field displays the amount " "automatically picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:61 msgid "" "For more details about *where* the units were picked, select the " ":guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` icon, located on the far-right. Doing so " "opens the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, displaying how the " "reserved items were picked, according to the removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst:65 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked. Since the order demanded eighty kilograms, which exceeds the " "quantity in the opened package of `54 kg`, an unopened package of `100 kg` " "is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/least_packages.rst-1 msgid "Show which package was picked in the *Pick From* field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:3 msgid "LIFO removal" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Last In, First Out* (LIFO) removal strategy picks the **newest** " "products on-hand, based on the date they entered a warehouse's stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:8 msgid "" "Every time an order is placed for products using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, " "First Out)` strategy, a transfer is created for the lot/serial number that " "has most recently entered the stock (the **last** lot/serial number that " "entered the warehouse's inventory)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:16 msgid "" "In many countries, the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` removal strategy is" " banned, since it can potentially result in old, expired, or obsolete " "products being delivered to customers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:19 msgid "" "Consider the following example, with the product, `Cinder Block`, which is " "tracked :guilabel:`By Lots` in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " "form. The :guilabel:`Force Removal Strategy` for the cinder block's product " "category is set to :guilabel:`Last In, First Out (LIFO)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:26 msgid ":ref:`Check arrival date `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:28 msgid "" "The following table represents the cinder blocks in stock, and their various" " lot number details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:43 msgid "June 1" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:44 msgid "June 3" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:45 msgid "June 6" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:47 msgid "" "To see the removal strategy in action, create a :ref:`delivery order " "` for seven cinder blocks by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`Sales app` and creating a new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` the sales order to create a delivery order. Doing so " "reserves the newest lot numbers are using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:54 msgid "" "To view the detailed pickings, click the :guilabel:`⦙≣ (bulleted list)` " "icon, located on the far-right of the cinder block's product line in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of the delivery order. Doing so opens the " ":guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst:58 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Open: Stock move` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Pick from`" " field displays where the quantities to fulfill the :guilabel:`Demand` are " "picked from. Since the order demanded seven cinder blocks, the newest cinder" " blocks from `LOT3` are selected, using the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " "Out)` removal strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/removal_strategies/lifo.rst-1 msgid "" "The detailed operations shows which lots are being selected for the picking." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Vzdrževanje" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " "track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:7 msgid "" "In Odoo, *equipment* refers to any item that is used in everyday operations," " including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery" " on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a " "computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by " "the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a " "vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:13 msgid "" "Using Odoo *Maintenance*, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " "add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " "module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:19 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " "created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " "page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:29 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " "maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " "should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:36 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " "work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:48 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:54 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:72 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:80 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" " Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:86 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:3 msgid "Maintenance requests" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:7 msgid "" "In order to keep equipment and work centers functioning properly, it is " "often necessary to perform maintenance on them. This can include preventive " "maintenance, intended to prevent equipment from breaking down, or corrective" " maintenance, which is used to fix equipment that is broken or otherwise " "unusable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:12 msgid "" "In Odoo *Maintenance*, users can create *maintenance requests* to schedule " "and track the progress of equipment and work center maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:16 msgid "Create maintenance request" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:18 msgid "" "To create a new maintenance request, navigate to :menuselection:`Maintenance" " app --> Maintenance --> Maintenance Requests`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:21 msgid "" "Begin filling out the form by entering a descriptive title in the " ":guilabel:`Request` field (e.g., `Drill not working`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:24 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Created By` field auto-populates with the user creating the " "request, but a different user can be selected by clicking on the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:27 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`For` drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equipment` if the " "maintenance request is being created for a piece of equipment, or " ":guilabel:`Work Center` if it is being created for a work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:31 msgid "" "Depending on the option selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, the next " "field is titled either :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center`. " "Using the drop-down menu for either field, select a piece of equipment or a " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:35 msgid "" "If the *Custom Maintenance Worksheets* setting is enabled in the " "*Maintenance* app's settings, a :guilabel:`Worksheet Template` field appears" " below the :guilabel:`Equipment` or :guilabel:`Work Center` field. If " "necessary, use this field to select a worksheet to be filled out by the " "employee performing the maintenance." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:40 msgid "" "The next field is titled :guilabel:`Request Date`, and is set by default to " "the date on which the maintenance request is created. This date cannot be " "changed by the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:43 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Maintenance Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Corrective`" " option if the request is intended to fix an existing issue, or the " ":guilabel:`Preventive` option if the request is intended to prevent issues " "from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:47 msgid "" "If the request is being created to address an issue that arose during a " "specific manufacturing order (MO), select it in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing" " Order` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:50 msgid "" "If an |MO| was selected in the :guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` field, a " ":guilabel:`Work Order` field appears below it. If the issue arose during a " "specific work order, specify it in this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:53 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the maintenance team that is " "responsible for managing the request. If a specific team member is " "responsible, select them in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` field is used to specify the date on which " "maintenance should take place, and the time it should begin. Choose a date " "by clicking on the field to open a calendar in a pop-up window, and then " "select a day on the calendar. Enter an hour and minute in the two fields " "below the calendar, and click :guilabel:`Apply` to save the date and time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:61 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Duration` field is used to specify the time it takes to " "complete the maintenance request. Use the text-entry field to enter the time" " in a `00:00` format." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:64 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Work Center` was selected in the :guilabel:`For` field, a " ":guilabel:`Block Workcenter` checkbox appears below the :guilabel:`Duration`" " field. Enable the checkbox to prevent work orders or other maintenance from" " being scheduled at the specified work center while the maintenance request " "is being processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to communicate the importance (or " "urgency) of the maintenance request. Assign the request a priority between " "zero and three :guilabel:`⭐⭐⭐ (stars)`, by clicking on the desired star " "number. Requests assigned a higher priority appear above those with a lower " "priority, on the Kanban board used to track the progression of maintenance " "requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "details about the maintenance request (why the maintenance issue arose, when" " it occurred, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:77 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Instructions` tab is used to include instructions for how " "maintenance should be performed. Select one of the three options, and then " "include the instructions as detailed below:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`PDF`: click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the " "device's file manager, and then select a file to upload." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Google Slide`: enter a :guilabel:`Google Slide link` in the text-" "entry field that appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Text`: enter the instructions in the text-entry field that " "appears after the option is selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst-1 msgid "A maintenance request form filled out for a piece of equipment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:92 msgid "Process maintenance request" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:94 msgid "" "Once a maintenance request has been created, it appears in the *New Request*" " stage of the *Maintenance Requests* page, which can be accessed by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance app --> Maintenance --> " "Maintenance Requests`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:98 msgid "" "Maintenance requests can be moved to different stages by dragging and " "dropping them. They can also be moved by clicking on a request to open it in" " a new page, and then selecting the desired stage from the stage indicator " "bar, located above the top-right corner of the request's form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:102 msgid "" "Successful maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Repaired` " "stage, indicating that the specified piece of equipment or work center is " "repaired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/maintenance_requests.rst:105 msgid "" "Failed maintenance requests should be moved to the :guilabel:`Scrap` stage, " "indicating the specified piece of equipment, or work center, could not be " "repaired, and must instead be scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "Proizvodnja" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " "manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" " shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" " maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Bill of materials" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *bill of materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " "It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so even product variants can have their own tailored" " :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " "of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" " to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " "product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " "quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " "beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " "Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" " :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " "specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " "on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" " this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " "operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " "name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " "components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" " new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " "Operations` feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " "the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " "operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " "be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " "route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " "steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:14 msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:16 msgid "" "The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." " To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" " --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:20 msgid "" "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " "tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:28 msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:30 msgid "" "Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " "manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" " manufacture a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:33 msgid "" "To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " "product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " "new |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:41 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." " In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" " produces." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:44 msgid "" "Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" " clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " ":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " "all components have been added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:53 msgid "" "Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " ":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " "(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " "be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " ":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:60 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " "checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:70 msgid "" "The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " "allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " "exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " "For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " "to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " "manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" "To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " ":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" "To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " "tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" "To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " "--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 msgid "" "Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " ":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " "stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " "companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " ":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " "kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 msgid "" "Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " "routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " "other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " "preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "The kit's components must also be configured as products via " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " "require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" "After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" " (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " "field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" " previously configured kit product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." " Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " "(bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 msgid "" "If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " "need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " "manufacturing operations is not necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" "When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " "quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " "the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" "Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " "These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" " materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" " (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 msgid "" "To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " "component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " "list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " "select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " "need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " "be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 msgid "Structure & cost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 msgid "" "To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " "material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " "button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " "viewed from this report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 msgid "" "When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " "show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 msgid "" "Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " "sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" "components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" "assemblies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing backorders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" " immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " "manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " "for the remaining amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:11 msgid "" "In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " "manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" " tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " "additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:16 msgid "" "A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " "*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " "manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" " are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:20 msgid "" "Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " "five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " "manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " "*WH/MO/00175-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:24 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " "immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " "that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." " Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " "*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:32 msgid "" "To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" " to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" " clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:36 msgid "" "If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " "the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:40 msgid "" "After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " "that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " "manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " "initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " "created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" " into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " "*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "" "The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" " pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:56 msgid "" "Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " "immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " "yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" " are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " "the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:65 msgid "" "If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " "another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " "section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 msgid "Create a backorder in Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:71 msgid "" "Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:74 msgid "" "In order to use the *Shop Floor* module, the *Work Orders* setting must be " "enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` checkbox, " "and then click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:78 msgid "" "To create a backorder from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| for multiple units of a product, for which a backorder needs " "to be created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:129 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card so that no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:91 msgid "" "Complete the steps on the work order's card until the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step is reached, and then click on it to open the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:95 msgid "" "Do **not** click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the " "step. Doing so automatically registers the full amount of units as having " "been produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:98 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Register Production` pop-up window, enter the number of " "units produced in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Make sure the number " "entered is *less* than the number of units listed to the right of the field." " Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 msgid "The Register Production pop-up window in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:106 msgid "" "The pop-up window disappears and the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the work " "order's card updates to reflect the number of units produced, as a fraction " "of the number of units for which the |MO| was originally created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the bottom-right of the " "work order's card. The work order card begins to fade away. Once it " "disappears completely, a new work order card appears, titled with the " "original |MO|'s reference number with a `-002` tag added to the end of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:114 msgid "" "This new reference number represents the backorder |MO|. The original |MO|'s" " reference number now appears with a `-001` tag added to the end of it to " "distinguish it from the backorder |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:117 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has no remaining work orders, it can be closed by " "selecting the :guilabel:`All` filter in the top navigation of the *Shop " "Floor* module, and then clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` at the bottom " "of the |MO|'s card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:121 msgid "" "If the original |MO| has remaining work orders that must be completed before" " it can be closed, cards for these work orders appear on the *Shop Floor* " "pages for the work centers where they are configured to be carried out. They" " can be processed as normal, and additional backorders can be created from " "their work order cards using the instructions detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the current work order for the backorder |MO| is ready to be processed," " this can also be completed as normal, and an additional backorder can be " "created from its work order card by following the instructions detailed in " "this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:130 msgid "" "After the final work order for the backorder |MO| has been completed, the " "|MO| can be closed by clicking the :guilabel:`Close Production` button at " "the bottom of the work order's card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "One-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using one-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO), but does not generate transfers for the movement " "of components out of inventory or finished products into stock. Inventory " "counts still update based on the number of components used and products " "manufactured, but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not " "tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" "The number of steps used in manufacturing is set at the warehouse level, " "allowing for each warehouse to use a different number of steps. To change " "the number of steps used for a specific warehouse, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and then select" " a warehouse from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:21 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, find the " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` radio input field, and select one of the three " "options: :guilabel:`Manufacture (1 step)`, :guilabel:`Pick components and " "then manufacture (2 steps)`, or :guilabel:`Pick components, manufacture and " "then store products (3 steps)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:0 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:0 msgid "The Manufacture radio input field on a warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" "Products must be properly configured before they can be manufactured in " "Odoo. For details on how to do so, see the documentation on how to " ":ref:`configure a product for manufacturing " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "Create manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:38 msgid "" "To manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then click :guilabel:`New` to create a new |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated bill of materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "If a product has more than one |BOM| configured for it, the specific |BOM| " "can be selected in the :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field, and the " ":guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the associated product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:49 msgid "" "After a |BOM| has been selected, the :guilabel:`Components` and " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs auto-populate with the components and " "operations specified on the |BOM|. If additional components or operations " "are required for the |MO| being configured, add them to the " ":guilabel:`Components` and :guilabel:`Work Orders` tabs by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:54 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "Process manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:79 msgid "" "An |MO| is processed by completing all of the work orders listed under its " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. This can be done on the |MO| itself, or from " "the work order tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "Basic workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:85 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:91 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that work order. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:96 msgid "" "When the work order is completed, click the :guilabel:`Done` button for that" " work order. Repeat the same process for each work order listed on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an operation on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:103 msgid "" "After completing all of the work orders, click :guilabel:`Produce All` at " "the top of the screen to mark the |MO| as :guilabel:`Done`, and register the" " manufactured product(s) into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:107 msgid "Shop Floor workflow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:109 msgid "" "To complete the work orders for an |MO| using the *Shop Floor* module, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`, and then select an |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:115 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:112 msgid "" "On the |MO|, click on the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and then select the " ":guilabel:`↗️ (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on the line of " "the first work order to be processed. Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` pop-up window, with details and processing options for the work " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:117 msgid "" "On the pop-up window, select the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button at the " "top-left of the window to open the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Open Shop Floor button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:124 msgid "" "When accessed directly from a specific work order within an |MO|, *Shop " "Floor* defaults to the page for the work center where the work order is " "configured to be carried out. The page shows a card for the work order that " "displays the |MO| number, the product and number of units to be produced, " "and the steps required to complete the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "A work order card on a work center page in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:133 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:137 msgid "" "Alternatively, work order steps can be completed by clicking the checkbox " "that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. " "When using this method, the step is automatically marked as completed, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:141 msgid "" "The final step on a work order card is titled *Register Production*. This " "step is used to register the number of product units that were produced. If " "the number produced is equal to the number that the |MO| was created for, " "click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the line to " "automatically register that number as the quantity produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:146 msgid "" "If a different number must be entered, click the :guilabel:`Register " "Production` step to open a pop-up window. Enter the number of units produced" " in the :guilabel:`Units` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to " "register that number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:151 msgid "" "The *Register Production* step appears on every work order card. It must be " "completed for the first work order that is processed. After doing so, the " "step appears as already completed for each remaining work order in the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:135 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:155 msgid "" "After completing all of the steps for a work order, a button appears on the " "footer of the work order card. If any other work orders must be completed " "before the |MO| can be closed, the button is titled :guilabel:`Mark as " "Done`. If there are no additional work orders to complete, the button is " "titled :guilabel:`Close Production`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:160 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` causes the work order card to fade away. " "Once it disappears completely, the work order's status is marked as " "*Finished* on the |MO|, and the next work order appears in the *Shop Floor* " "module, on the page of the work center where it is configured to be carried " "out. Any additional work orders can be processed using the instructions " "detailed in this section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:166 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` causes the work order card to fade " "away. Once it disappears, the |MO| is marked as *Done*, and the units of the" " product that were produced are entered into inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:173 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:170 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done` or :guilabel:`Close Production`, " "each button is replaced by an :guilabel:`Undo` button. Click the " ":guilabel:`Undo` button before the work order card fades away to keep the " "work order open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/one_step_manufacturing.rst:155 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:178 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:175 msgid "" "This section details the basic workflow for processing an |MO| in the *Shop " "Floor* module. For a more in-depth explanation of the module and all of its " "features, please see the :ref:`Shop Floor overview " "` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " "the same product. Having a consolidated :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` for " "a product with variants saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple" " :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the product variants feature, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Products` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable" " the :guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to " "apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information on configuring product variants, refer to the " ":doc:`product variants " "<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:25 msgid "Create custom product attributes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:27 msgid "" "Once the product variants feature is activated, create and edit product " "attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:30 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Attributes` page is accessible either from " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings` by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Attributes` button, or by clicking :menuselection:`Inventory " "app --> Configuration --> Attributes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:34 msgid "" "Once on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page, either click into an existing " "attribute, or click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Create` reveals a new, blank form for customizing an attribute. " "For an existing attribute, click :guilabel:`Edit` on its form to make " "changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" "Assign an :guilabel:`Attribute Name`, and choose a category from the " ":guilabel:`Category` field's drop-down menu. Then, select the desired " "options next to the :guilabel:`Display Type` and :guilabel:`Variants " "Creation Mode` fields. Once the desired options are selected, click " ":guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` tab to add a " "new value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:45 msgid "" "Included on the :guilabel:`Value` row is a :guilabel:`Is custom value` " "checkbox. If selected, this value will be recognized as a custom value, " "which allows customers to type special customization requests upon ordering " "a custom variant of a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:0 msgid "Product variant attribute configuration screen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:54 msgid "" "Once all desired :guilabel:`Values` have been added, click :guilabel:`Save` " "to save the new attribute." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:58 msgid "Add product variants on the product form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:60 msgid "" "Created attributes can be applied on specific variants for particular " "products. To add product variants to a product, navigate to the product form" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. To " "make changes to the product, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click the " ":guilabel:`Variants` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:65 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Attribute` header, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add " "a new attribute, and select one to add from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:68 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Values` header, click the drop-down menu to " "choose from the list of existing values. Click on each desired value to add " "them, and repeat this process for any additional attributes that should be " "added to the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:72 msgid "Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Product form variants tab with values and attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:79 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products with multiple variants that are " "manufactured in-house should either have a **0,0 reordering rule** set up, " "or have their replenishment routes set to *Replenish on Order (MTO)*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:84 msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:86 msgid "" "Next, create a new :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Or, edit an existing " "one, by going to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" " Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create` to open a new :guilabel:`Bills " "of Materials` form to configure from scratch." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:90 msgid "" "Add a product to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` by clicking the drop-" "down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` field and selecting the desired " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:93 msgid "" "Then, add components by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` under the " ":guilabel:`Component` section of the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and " "choosing the desired components from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:96 msgid "" "Choose the desired values in the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Product" " Unit of Measure` columns. Then, choose the desired values in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:100 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign components to specific " "product variants on the :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` is available once " "the :guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory` application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants`" " field is not immediately visible, activate it from the additional options " "menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:110 msgid "" "Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " "variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " "principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:114 msgid "" "When defining variant :abbr:`BoMs (bills of material)` by component " "assignment, the :guilabel:`Product Variant` field in the main section of the" " :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` should be left blank. This field is *only* " "used when creating a :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` specifically for one " "product variant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:119 msgid "" "When all desired configurations have been made to the :abbr:`BoM (bill of " "materials)`, click :guilabel:`Save` at the top of the form to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:123 msgid "" "For components that only apply for specific variants, choose which " "operations the components should be consumed in. If the :guilabel:`Consumed " "in Operation` column is *not* immediately visible, activate it from the " "additional options menu (three-dots icon, to the right of the header row)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:129 msgid "Sell and manufacture variants of BoM products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:131 msgid "" "To sell and manufacture variants of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` products" " to order, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new" " quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:135 msgid "Sell variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:137 msgid "" "Once on the blank :guilabel:`Quotation` form, click the drop-down next to " "the :guilabel:`Customer` field to add a customer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:140 msgid "" "Then, under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " "product`, and select the previously-created :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " "product with variants from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a " ":guilabel:`Configure a product` pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:144 msgid "" "From the pop-up window, click the desired attribute options to configure the" " correct variant of the product to manufacture. Then, click the green " ":guilabel:`+` or :guilabel:`-` icons next to the `1` to change the quantity " "to sell and manufacture, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product pop-up for choosing variant attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:152 msgid "" "Once all the specifications have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Add`. This " "will change the pop-up to a second :guilabel:`Configure` pop-up, where " "available optional products will appear, if they have been created " "previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:156 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:158 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes, and click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` at the top of the :guilabel:`Quotation` form to create " "and confirm a new sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:162 msgid "Manufacture variant of BoM product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:164 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "smart button appears at the top of the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` form. Click " "the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` smart button to open the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing Order` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:168 msgid "" "On this form, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, the appropriate " "components for the chosen variant are listed. And, depending on the variant," " different components will be listed. To see any mandatory or optional " ":guilabel:`Operation` steps, click the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:172 msgid "" "To enter the tablet view work order screen, click the :guilabel:`tablet " "icon` to the right of the row for the desired operation to be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:175 msgid "" "From the tablet view, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` as the operation " "progresses to complete the operation steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button at the top of the " "manufacturing order form to complete the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 msgid "Manufacturing order for variant of BoM product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:185 msgid "" "Then, navigate back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the breadcrumbs at " "the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:187 msgid "" "Now that the product has been manufactured, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` " "smart button to deliver the product to the customer. From the " ":guilabel:`Delivery Order` form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, then click " ":guilabel:`Apply` to deliver the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:191 msgid "" "To finish the sale, click back to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` via the " ":guilabel:`breadcrumbs` at the top of the page again. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Invoice` followed by :guilabel:`Create Invoice` again to " "invoice the customer for the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:7 msgid "" "During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" " or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " "product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:11 msgid "" "By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " "physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " "Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" " a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " "physical inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:17 msgid "" "For more information, see the documentation about the different types of " ":ref:`locations `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:20 msgid "" "Components can be scrapped from both the *Manufacturing* app and the *Shop " "Floor* module, before the associated manufacturing order (MO) is closed. " "Finished products can only be scrapped from the *Manufacturing* app, and " "only after closing the associated |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 msgid "" "To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " ":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " "all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " "Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:75 msgid "Scrap pop-up window" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:39 msgid "" "Scrapping components and finished products is done through the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window. The pop-up window can be accessed from an " "|MO| in the backend, or the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "Scrap component from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:45 msgid "" "To scrap a component from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select an |MO|. At the top of the |MO|, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` " "button to open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:50 msgid "Scrap finished product from Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 msgid "" "To scrap a finished product from an |MO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an open |MO|, and then click the :guilabel:`Produce All` button to " "close it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 msgid "" "To select an |MO| that has already been closed, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " "remove the :guilabel:`To Do` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and " "then select the desired |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60 msgid "" "Once closed, click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button at the top of the |MO| to " "open the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "Scrap component from Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 msgid "" "To scrap a component from the *Shop Floor* module, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Shop Floor`. Then, either click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three " "vertical dots)` button on an |MO| card, or select a work center from the top" " navigation, and click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on a " "work order card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:71 msgid "" "Either method opens the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window. " "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the window to open the " ":guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:77 msgid "" "After opening the scrap pop-up window using one of the methods " ":ref:`detailed above `, select the " "component or finished product being scrapped, from the :guilabel:`Product` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:81 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, enter the quantity being scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:83 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`Source Location` field is set to the warehouse's " "pre-production location, while the :guilabel:`Scrap Location` field is set " "to the :guilabel:`Virtual Locations/Scrap` location. If either the source or" " scrap location should be changed, select a different location from their " "respective drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "Enable the :guilabel:`Replenish Scrapped Quantities` checkbox if a picking " "order should be created to replace the scrapped component(s) upon " "confirmation of the scrap order. This option should only be enabled for " "warehouses with :doc:`two-step ` or :doc:`three-step" " ` manufacturing enabled, since components are not" " picked as part of the :doc:`one-step ` " "manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:98 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to scrap the selected component. After " "one or more scrap orders have been created, a :guilabel:`Scraps` smart " "button appears at the top of the screen. Click it to view a list of all " "scrap orders for the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:102 msgid "" "If a picking order was automatically created to replenish the scrapped " "components, it can be accessed by opening the :menuselection:`Inventory` " "app, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick " "Components` card, and selecting the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:3 msgid "Split and merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo *Manufacturing*, it is possible to create manufacturing orders for a" " single unit of an item, or multiple units of the same item. In some cases, " "it may be necessary to split a manufacturing order that contains multiple " "units into two or more orders, or to merge two or more orders into a single " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:11 msgid "" "A manufacturing order can only contain one unit of a product, or multiple " "units of a single product that all use the same Bill of Materials (BoM). As " "a result, it is only possible to merge manufacturing orders when every order" " contains the same product being manufactured with the same BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:17 msgid "Split manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:19 msgid "" "To split a manufacturing order into multiple orders, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" " select a manufacturing order. At the top of the page, next to the " ":guilabel:`New` button, the manufacturing order's reference number appears " "with a :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button next to it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:24 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (settings)` button to open the general settings for " "the manufacturing order, then select :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Settings and Split buttons on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:31 msgid "" "After selecting :guilabel:`Split`, a :guilabel:`Split production` pop-up " "window appears. In the :guilabel:`Split #` field, enter the number of " "manufacturing orders that the original order should be split into, then " "click outside of the field. A table appears below, with a line for each new " "manufacturing order that will be created by the split. In the " ":guilabel:`Quantity To Produce` column, enter the number of units that will " "be assigned to each new manufacturing order. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Split` to split the manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Split production pop-up window for a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:42 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Split`, the original manufacturing order is split " "into the number of orders that was specified in the :guilabel:`Split #` " "field. The reference numbers for the new manufacturing orders are the " "reference number for the original order with *-###* tags added to the end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:48 msgid "" "Manufacturing order *WH/MO/00012* is split into three separate orders. The " "reference numbers for the new orders are *WH/MO/00012-001*, " "*WH/MO/00012-002*, and *WH/MO/00012-003*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:52 msgid "Merge manufacturing orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:54 msgid "" "To merge two or more manufacturing orders into a single order, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`. Select the manufacturing orders that will be merged by activating " "the checkbox to the left of the name of each order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "" "Select manufacturing orders that will be merged by clicking the checkbox for" " each." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:62 msgid "" "Once all manufacturing orders have been selected, click the " ":guilabel:`Actions` button at the top of the page, then select " ":guilabel:`Merge` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst-1 msgid "The Actions and Merge buttons on the Manufacturing Orders page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:69 msgid "" "The selected manufacturing orders are merged into a single order. The " "reference number for the new manufacturing order is the next sequential " "number that has *not* already been assigned to an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:73 msgid "" "The last reference number used for a manufacturing order was *WH/MO/00012*. " "Two manufacturing orders, *WH/MO/00008* and *WH/MO/00009*, are merged into a" " single order. The reference number for the manufacturing order created by " "the merger is *WH/MO/00013*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:77 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Source` field for the manufacturing order created by the " "merger, the reference numbers of the manufacturing orders that were merged " "are listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/split_merge.rst:81 msgid "" "Manufacturing orders *WH/MO/00009* and *WH/MO/00010* are merged to create " "*WH/MO/00011*. The source field for *WH/MO/00011* lists both *WH/MO/00009* " "and *WH/MO/00010*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" "A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " "product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " "(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " "(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " "referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " "its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 msgid "Configure semi-finished products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" "To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " "product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " "step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" " Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" "After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " ":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " "specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" "Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " "to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " "simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " "Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "" "A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " "component." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 msgid "Manage production planning" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 msgid "" "There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " "products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 msgid "" "Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " "products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " "components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " "the more appropriate option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 msgid "" "To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " "after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " "options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 msgid "" "**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " "products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " "`0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 msgid "" "**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " ":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " "semi-finished product's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 msgid "" "Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " "Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" " allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." " The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" "finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " "confirmed top-level manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 msgid "" "Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " "manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" "Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " "easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" "With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" "To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " "Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " "them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " "new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " "subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " "received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" "Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" " the *BoM* and your input (3);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" "Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " "subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Vrednotenje zaloge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "Z:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " "inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " "stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " "Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " "product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" " accounting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" "Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" "In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" "In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " "Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" "Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " "subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " "will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " "or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " "receiving your final product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" "As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " "either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " "line hamburger menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" "There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " "subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " "on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " "Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " "trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " "subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" "If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " "warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " "shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " "route should also be activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" "Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " "must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " "for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " "the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " "this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " "subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " "is a buy route already." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" "Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " "subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " "locations`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" msgstr "Ročno polnjenje zalog" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" "If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " "convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " "*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " "you are delivering to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " "subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" " the delivery address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Three-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using three-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a pick " "components transfer, a manufacturing order (MO), and a store finished " "products transfer, and updates inventory counts based on the number of " "components removed, and finished products created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:42 msgid "" "On the new |MO|, select the product to be produced from the " ":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Bill of Material` field " "auto-populates with the associated Bill of Materials (BoM)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:57 msgid "Process pick components transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:58 msgid "" "After confirming a three-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to be taken to the " ":guilabel:`Transfers` page for the |MO|. The page lists two transfers: " "*WH/PC/XXXXX* (the pick components transfer), and *WH/SFP/XXXXX* (the store " "finished products transfer)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:63 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`WH/PC/XXXXX` to open the pick components transfer for the " "|MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of components from the " "locations where they are stored to the location where they are used to " "manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:64 msgid "" "After transferring the components out of their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of components transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:69 msgid "" "Finally, return to the |MO| by clicking the :guilabel:`WH/MO/XXXXX` " "breadcrumb at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The manufacturing order bread crumb on a pick components transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "To complete work orders from the |MO| itself, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "then select a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:136 msgid "" "A work order is processed by completing each step listed on its card. This " "can be done by clicking on a step, and following the instructions listed on " "the pop-up window that appears. Once the step is completed, click " ":guilabel:`Next` to move on to the next step, if any are required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:183 msgid "Process finished product transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:185 msgid "" "After completing the |MO|, return to the order's :guilabel:`Transfers` page " "by clicking the :guilabel:`Transfers` button at the top of the order. This " "time, select :guilabel:`WH/SFP/XXXXX` to open the store finished products " "transfer. This transfer is used to track the movement of finished products " "from the location where they were manufactured to the location where they " "are stored." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/three_step_manufacturing.rst:190 msgid "" "After transferring the finished products to their storage location, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the transfer, followed by " ":guilabel:`Apply` on the :guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that " "appears. Doing so marks the transfer as :guilabel:`Done`, and updates " "inventory counts to reflect the quantity of finished products transferred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:3 msgid "Two-step manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo *Manufacturing* allows users to manufacture products using one, two, or" " three steps. When using two-step manufacturing, Odoo creates a " "manufacturing order (MO) and a pick components transfer, but does not " "generate a transfer for the movement of finished products into stock. " "Inventory counts still update based on the number of products manufactured, " "but the act of transferring them to and from inventory is not tracked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:59 msgid "" "After confirming a two-step |MO|, a :guilabel:`Transfers` smart button " "appears at the top of the page. Click it to open the pick components " "transfer for the |MO|. This transfer is used to track the movement of " "components from the locations where they are stored to the location where " "they are used to manufacture the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst:88 msgid "" "On the |MO| page, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Once work begins " "on the first work order that needs to be completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Start` button for that operation. Odoo *Manufacturing* then " "starts a timer that keeps track of how long the work order takes to " "complete." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Start button for an work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/two_step_manufacturing.rst-1 msgid "The Done button for a work order on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:7 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:17 msgid "" "In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " "click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" " stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " "and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:28 msgid "" "In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " "by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" " quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" " to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " "to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " "to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:40 msgid "" "The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " "in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " "demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " "forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " "components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "" "Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " "different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" " supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " "manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" " replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:54 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:61 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " "cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " "back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " "cross." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:69 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " "different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:80 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:86 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:93 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" " centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " "orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " "materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " "specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" " Work Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 msgid "" "In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" " be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " "to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " "selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 msgid "Create a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 msgid "" "Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " "form can then be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " "describes the type of operations it will be used for" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " "operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " "can be in use each week" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:39 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " "productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:42 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " "work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " "one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " "work center simultaneously" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " "is finished" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " "hour" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " "should be recorded" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:60 msgid "" "Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " "equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" " displayed for each piece of equipment added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " "equipment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:65 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " "piece of equipment will operate before failing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " "equipment to become fully operational again" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " "failure will occur" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:77 msgid "" ":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " "all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 msgid "Integrate IoT devices" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:89 msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99 msgid "" "When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " "Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " "to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " "carried out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:103 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" " so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" " ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " "Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:108 msgid "" "Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" " of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " "the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " "manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " "top left of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "" "Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:117 msgid "" "If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " "operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 msgid "Monitor work center performance" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127 msgid "" "Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " "center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " "at the top right of the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 msgid "" ":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " "the work center has been fully productive" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:134 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " "workload" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:135 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " "percentage of the expected duration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " "specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " "reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " "operational again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 msgid "" "As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " "that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " "are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " "center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " "manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " "available again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 msgid "" "Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " "must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " ":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" " smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 msgid "" "Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " "the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" " under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 msgid "" "Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " "off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " "Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " "should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " ":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off module installation card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 msgid "" "The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " "is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" " and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" " no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " "from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 msgid "" "To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 msgid "" "Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " ":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " "work center can also be performed at the other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 msgid "" "For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " "center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " "knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " "unavailable for any reason." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 msgid "Add time off for a work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 msgid "" "With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " "center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " "selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " ":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 msgid "" "A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " "working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " "details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " ":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " "taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 msgid "" "On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" " the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " "(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " ":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" " Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " "unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " "logged in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 msgid "" "Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" " to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 msgid "" "Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " ":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " "manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " "unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" " to confirm the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 msgid "" "On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " "default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " "Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " "left of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " "Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 msgid "" "The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 msgid "" "Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " "recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " "the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:3 msgid "Work order dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:7 msgid "" "When manufacturing certain products, specific operations may need to be " "completed before others can begin. In order to ensure operations are carried" " out in the correct order, Odoo *Manufacturing* features a *work order " "dependencies* setting. Enabling this setting allows for operations on a Bill" " of Materials (BoM) to be *blocked* by other operations that should occur " "first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "" "The *work order dependencies* setting is not enabled by default. To enable " "it, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, if it is " "not already active." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:19 msgid "" "After enabling the :guilabel:`Work Orders` setting, the :guilabel:`Work " "Order Dependencies` setting appears below it. Enable :guilabel:`Work Order " "Dependencies`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:24 msgid "Add dependencies to BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "" "Work order dependencies are configured on a product's |BOM|. To do so, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials`, then select a |BOM|, or create a new one by clicking " ":guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:32 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to properly configure a new |BOM|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`creating a bill of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:35 msgid "" "On the |BOM|, click on the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Operation Dependencies` checkbox. This makes a new " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` option available in the settings of the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Operation Dependencies checkbox on the Miscellaneous tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "" "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. On the top-right of the tab, " "click on the tab's :guilabel:`settings` button, then enable the " ":guilabel:`Blocked By` checkbox. This makes a :guilabel:`Blocked By` field " "appear for each operation on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The settings for the Operations tab on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:51 msgid "" "In the line of the operation that should be blocked by another operation, " "click the :guilabel:`Blocked By` field, and an :guilabel:`Open: Operations` " "pop-up window appears. In the :guilabel:`Blocked By` drop-down field on the " "pop-up window, select the blocking operation that must be completed *before*" " the operation that is blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The Blocked By drop-down field for an operation on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:60 msgid "Finally, save the |BOM| by clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:63 msgid "Plan work orders using dependencies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:65 msgid "" "Once work order dependencies have been configured on a |BOM|, Odoo " "*Manufacturing* is able to plan when work orders are scheduled, based on " "their dependencies. To plan the work orders for a manufacturing order, begin" " by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> " "Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:70 msgid "" "Next, select a manufacturing order for a product with work order " "dependencies set on its |BOM|, or create a new manufacturing order by " "clicking :guilabel:`New`. If a new manufacturing order is created, select a " "|BOM| configured with work order dependencies from the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Material` drop-down field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:75 msgid "" "After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" " tab to view the work orders required to complete it. Any work orders that " "are *not* blocked by a different work order display a `Ready` tag in the " ":guilabel:`Status` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:79 msgid "" "Work orders that are blocked by one or more work orders display a `Waiting " "for another WO` tag instead. Once the blocking work order(s) are completed, " "the tag updates to `Ready`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "The status tags for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:86 msgid "" "To schedule the manufacturing order's work orders, click the " ":guilabel:`Plan` button at the top of the page. After doing so, the " ":guilabel:`Scheduled Start Date` field for each work order on the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab auto-fills with the scheduled start date and " "time. A blocked work order is scheduled at the end of the time period " "specified in the :guilabel:`Expected Duration` field of the work order that " "precedes it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The Scheduled Start Date field for work orders on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:97 msgid "" "A manufacturing order is created for Product A. The manufacturing order has " "two operations: Cut and Assemble. Each operation has an expected duration of" " 60 minutes, and the Assemble operation is blocked by the Cut operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Plan` button for the manufacturing order is clicked at 1:30 " "pm, and the Cut operation is scheduled to begin immediately. Since the Cut " "operation has an expected duration of 60 minutes, the Assemble operation is " "scheduled to begin at 2:30 pm." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:106 msgid "Planning by workcenter" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:108 msgid "" "To see a visual representation of how work orders are planned, navigate to " "the :guilabel:`Work Orders Planning` page by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Planning --> Planning by Workcenter`. This" " page shows a timeline of all the work orders scheduled for each operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst:112 msgid "" "If one work order is blocked by the completion of another, the work order " "that is blocked is shown as scheduled to start after the work order blocking" " it. In addition, an arrow connects the two work orders, leading from the " "blocking operation to the blocked operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_order_dependencies.rst-1 msgid "" "The arrow connecting a blocked work order to the work order blocking it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor.rst:5 msgid "Shop Floor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:3 msgid "Shop Floor overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:9 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is a companion module to the *Manufacturing* app. " "*Shop Floor* provides a visual interface for processing manufacturing orders" " (MOs) and work orders. It also allows manufacturing employees to track the " "amount of time spent working on manufacturing and work orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:13 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module is installed alongside the *Manufacturing* app. It " "cannot be installed by itself. To install the *Manufacturing* app, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Apps`, search for `manufacturing` in the " ":guilabel:`Search...` bar, and then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` app card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:19 msgid "" "The *Shop Floor* module replaces the tablet view functionality of the " "*Manufacturing* app, and is only available in Odoo versions 16.4 and later." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:22 msgid "" "To check the version number of an Odoo database, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`About` section " "at the bottom of the page. The version number is displayed there." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:26 msgid "" "To switch to a newer version of Odoo, see the documentation on " ":ref:`upgrading a database `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:30 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:32 msgid "" "*Shop Floor* is broken down into three main views, which can be selected " "from the navigation bar at the top of the module:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:35 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All` page serves as the main dashboard for the module, and " "displays information cards for |MOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:37 msgid "" "Each work center also has a dedicated page, which shows information cards " "for work orders assigned to that work center. Work center pages can be " "toggled on or off by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button in the " "navigation bar, selecting or deselecting them on the pop-up window that " "appears, and then clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:41 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`My` page shows information cards for all work orders assigned" " to the employee whose profile is currently active in the operator panel on " "the left side of the module. Other than only showing work orders assigned to" " the active employee, this page functions the same as the pages for each " "work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:47 msgid "" "To isolate an |MO| or work order, so that no other orders appear, simply " "search the reference number of the |MO| in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at " "the top of the module. This search filter remains active while switching " "between the different module views." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:51 msgid "" "On the left side of the module is the operator panel, which shows all of the" " employees currently signed in to *Shop Floor*, and allows new employees to " "sign in. The operator panel is always available in the module, regardless of" " which view is selected. It can be toggled on or off by clicking the " ":guilabel:`sidebar` button at the extreme left of the navigation bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The \"sidebar\" button, which is used to toggle the operator panel on or " "off." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:61 msgid "All page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:63 msgid "" "By default, the :guilabel:`All` page shows an information card for every " "|MO| that is *ready to start*. An |MO| is considered ready to start once it " "has been confirmed, and all required components are available." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:67 msgid "" "To view every confirmed |MO| regardless of readiness, click the " ":guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` filter to remove it " "from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:71 msgid "MO information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:73 msgid "" "An |MO| information card on the :guilabel:`All` page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated |MO|, and also provides employees with " "options for processing the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:76 msgid "" "The header for an |MO| card shows the |MO| number, the product and number of" " units being produced, and the status of the |MO|. If work has not yet begun" " on the |MO|, the status appears as :guilabel:`Confirmed`. Once work has " "begun, the status updates to :guilabel:`In Progress`. If all work orders for" " an |MO| have been completed and the |MO| is ready to close, the status " "updates to :guilabel:`To Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:82 msgid "" "The main body of an |MO| card shows a line for each completed work order, if" " any, followed by the current work order that needs to be completed. " "Completed work orders are indicated by a green check mark to the right of " "title of the work order. The current work order is indicated by a button " "that opens the page for the work center to which the order is assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:87 msgid "" "Below the current work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which is used to record the number of product units produced. " "To manually enter the number of units produced, click on the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line, enter a value in the :guilabel:`Units`" " field of the resulting pop-up window, then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, click the :guilabel:`# Units` button on the right side of the" " line, which automatically records the number of units the |MO| was created " "for as the number of units produced. For example, if an |MO| is created for " "10 units of a dining table, clicking the :guilabel:`10 units` button records" " that 10 units were produced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:97 msgid "" "The footer of the |MO| card displays a :guilabel:`Close Production` button. " "This is used to close the |MO| once production is completed. However, if " "there are any quality checks required for the |MO| as a whole (not the work " "orders within it), a :guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears instead. " "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Checks` opens a pop-up window, from which any " "required quality checks can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:103 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production`, the |MO| card begins to fade " "away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears on the footer. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Undo` causes the |MO| to remain open. Once the |MO| card " "disappears completely, the work order is closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:107 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the |MO|:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:171 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Scrap` is used to send components to a scrap location when they " "are found to be defective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Work Order` is used to add an additional work order to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:173 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Component` is used to add an additional component to the " "|MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Backend MO` opens the |MO| in the Manufacturing app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "An information card for an MO on the \"All\" page of the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:121 msgid "Work center pages" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:123 msgid "" "By default, the page for each work center shows an information card for " "every work order assigned to it that is *ready to start*. A work order is " "considered ready to start once the |MO| it is a part of is ready to start, " "and any preceding work orders have been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:127 msgid "" "To view every confirmed work order assigned to a work center regardless of " "readiness, click the :guilabel:`x` button on the :guilabel:`Ready to Start` " "filter to remove it from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:132 msgid "Work order information card" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:134 msgid "" "A work order information card on a work center's page shows all of the " "relevant details of the associated work order, and also provides employees " "with options for processing the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:137 msgid "" "The header for a work order card shows the reference number of the |MO| that" " the work order is a part of, the product and number of units being " "produced, and the status of the work order. If work has not yet begun on the" " work order, the status appears as :guilabel:`To Do`. Once work has begun, " "the status updates to display a timer showing the total time the work order " "has been worked on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:142 msgid "" "The main body of a work order card shows a line for each step required to " "complete the work order. Work order steps can be completed by clicking on " "the line, then following the instructions on the pop-up window that appears." " Alternatively, clicking the checkbox on the right side of each line " "automatically marks the step as completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:147 msgid "" "Below the final step of the work order is a line titled :guilabel:`Register " "Production`, which functions the same as the :guilabel:`Register Production`" " line on an |MO| card. Registering the number of units produced using the " ":guilabel:`Register Production` line on a work order card also completes the" " step for the associated |MO| card." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:152 msgid "" "If the work order being processed is the final work order for the |MO|, a " ":guilabel:`Close Production` button appears on the footer of the work order " "card. Clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` closes both the work order and " "the |MO|, unless a quality check is required for the |MO|. In this case, the" " quality check must be completed from the |MO| card before the |MO| can be " "closed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:158 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the |MO| requires the completion of additional work " "orders, a :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button appears instead. Clicking " ":guilabel:`Mark as Done` marks the current work order as completed, and " "causes the next work order to appear on the page for the work center it is " "assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:163 msgid "" "After clicking :guilabel:`Close Production` or :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, the" " work order card begins to fade away, and an :guilabel:`Undo` button appears" " on the footer. Clicking :guilabel:`Undo` causes the work order to remain " "open. Once the work order card disappears completely, the work order is " "marked as :guilabel:`Finished` on the |MO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:168 msgid "" "On the right side of the footer is an :guilabel:`⋮ (options)` button, which " "opens a pop-up window with additional options for the work order:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:174 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Move to work center` is used to transfer the work order to a " "different work center." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:175 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Suggest a Worksheet improvement` allows the user to propose a " "change to the work order's instructions or steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:177 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form that can be " "filled out to alert a quality team about a potential issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "An information card for a work order in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:185 msgid "Operator panel" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:187 msgid "" "The operator panel is used to manage the employees that are signed in to the" " *Shop Floor* module. The panel shows the name and profile picture of every " "employee that is currently signed in across all instances of the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:191 msgid "" "To interact with *Shop Floor* as a specific employee, click the employee's " "name to activate their profile. Profiles that are not active appear with " "their names and profile pictures greyed-out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:194 msgid "" "When an employee is selected in the operator panel, they can begin working " "on a work order by clicking the work order's heading. If an employee is " "working on one or more work orders, the work order title(s) appear under " "their name, along with a timer showing how long they've been working on each" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:199 msgid "" "To add a new employee to the operator panel, click the :guilabel:`+ Add " "Operator` button at the bottom of the panel. Then, select an employee from " "the :guilabel:`Select Employee` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst:202 msgid "" "To remove an employee from the operator panel, simply click the " ":guilabel:`x` button next to their name in the panel." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview.rst-1 msgid "" "The operator panel of the Shop Floor module, showing three employees signed " "in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:8 msgid "Product lifecycle management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo *Product Lifecycle Management* (*PLM*) offers a systematic approach for" " testing, collaboration, and iteration of products across concept " "development, design, manufacturing, marketing, and post-launch support " "stages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm.rst:14 msgid "" "With approvals, key stakeholders can review changes before implementation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes.rst:3 msgid "Change management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:10 msgid "ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:12 msgid "" "An *ECO type* is assigned to *engineering change orders* (ECOs) to organize " "and track changes to products and bills of materials (BoMs). Each |ECO| type" " separates |ECOs| into a project in Gantt view, ensuring collaborators and " "stakeholders **only** view and assist with relevant |BOM| improvements." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:17 msgid "" "For example, an electronic chip manufacturer might use 'New Product " "Introduction', 'Product Improvement', 'Component Change', and 'Firmware " "Update' |ECO| types. Then, designers and engineers can focus on |ECOs| in " "the 'New Product Introduction' and 'Product Improvement' projects, avoiding " "unrelated supplier change or firmware update |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:23 msgid "Create ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:25 msgid "" "To access and manage ECO types, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Configuration --> ECO Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:28 msgid "" "Create a new ECO type by clicking :guilabel:`New`. On the new :guilabel:`ECO" " Types` form, fill in the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of the |ECO| type, which will organize all of the" " |ECOs| of this *type* in a project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: if this optional field is filled, emails submitted " "to this email address automatically generate |ECOs| in the left-most stage " "of this |ECO| type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:37 msgid "" "The `Formulation change` |ECO| type is used to organize and track related " "|ECOs| in a single project. Configuring the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field " "generates |ECOs| in the `Formulation change` project sent to the email " "address, `pawlish-change@pawlished-glam.odoo.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Example of an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:46 msgid "Edit ECO type" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:48 msgid "" "Modify existing |ECO| type names and email aliases by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Configuration --> ECO Types` page. There, click " "on the desired |ECO| type from the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:51 msgid "" "On the form for each |ECO| type, proceed to edit the :guilabel:`Name` and " ":guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:57 msgid "Stages" msgstr "Stopnje" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:59 msgid "" "Within an |ECO| type project, *stages* are like milestones and are used to " "identify the progress of the |ECO| before the changes are ready to be " "applied. (e.g. 'Feedback', 'In Progress', 'Approved', 'Complete')" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:63 msgid "" "Additionally, required approvers can be added to each stage, ensuring that " "changes to the production |BOM| cannot proceed until the approver reviews " "and approves the |ECO|. Doing so prevents errors on the production |BOM| by " "enforcing at least one review of suggested changes before they're applied on" " a production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:68 msgid "" "For best practice, there should be at least one *verification* stage, which " "is a stage with a required approver, and one *closing* stage, which stores " "|ECOs| that have been either canceled or approved for use as the next " "production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:73 msgid "Create stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:75 msgid "" "To add a stage, go to the :menuselection:`PLM` app and select the intended " "project for an |ECO| type from the :guilabel:`PLM Overview` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:78 msgid "" "Then, on the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` project pipeline for the " "|ECO| type, click the :guilabel:`+ Stage` button. Doing so reveals a text " "box to fill in the name of the stage. After filling it in, click the " ":guilabel:`Add` button to finish adding the stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:83 msgid "" "A new `Assigned` stage separates assigned |ECOs| from the unassigned ones in" " the `New` stage. Adding another stage helps the product manager track " "unassigned tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Create a new stage in a project for an ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:91 msgid "Verification stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:93 msgid "" "Click an ECO type from :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview` to open a " "kanban view of |ECOs| of this type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:96 msgid "" "To configure a verification stage, hover over the intended stage, and select" " the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-" "up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:99 msgid "" "Configure the verification stage in the edit stage pop-up window, by " "checking the box for :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, add an approver in the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line`, and specifying the :guilabel:`Role` of the reviewer," " their :guilabel:`User`, and :guilabel:`Approval Type`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:106 msgid "" "Make sure at least one approver is configured with the :guilabel:`Approval " "Type`: :guilabel:`Is required to approve`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:109 msgid "" "The approver listed is automatically notified when |ECOs| are dropped in the" " stage specified in the pop-up window. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Save " "& Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:113 msgid "" "In the |ECO| type `New Product Introduction`, the verification stage " "`Validated` is configured by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, and " "selecting :guilabel:`Edit`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Edit: Validated` " "pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:117 msgid "" "By adding the `Engineering manager` as an approver, only |ECOs| approved by " "this user can proceed to the next stage, and have the changes applied on the" " production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:120 msgid "" "Additionally, check the :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` option to ensure " "proper behavior." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:0 msgid "Show \"Allow to apply changes\" option is checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:127 msgid "Closing stage" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:129 msgid "" "Configure a closing stage by opening the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up " "window. To do so, hover over the intended stage and click the :guilabel:`⚙️ " "(gear)` icon that appears in the top-right corner. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:133 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Edit: [stage]` pop-up window, select the check boxes for " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes` and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst:137 msgid "" "The closing stage, `Effective` is configured by checking the " ":guilabel:`Folded in kanban view`, :guilabel:`Allow to apply changes`, and " ":guilabel:`Final Stage` options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/eco_type.rst-1 msgid "Show configurations of the closing stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:3 msgid "Engineering change orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "Utilize *engineering change orders* (*ECOs*) to track, implement, and revert" " change versions made to products, and :ref:`bills of materials " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:15 msgid "Engineering change orders can be created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:17 msgid ":ref:`directly in the ECO type `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:18 msgid "" "by an operator in the :ref:`tablet view ` of an " "operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "automatically from feedback submitted to the :ref:`ECO type's email alias " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:24 msgid "Create ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:26 msgid "" "To create a new |ECO|, begin by navigating to the *PLM* app. Then, select " "the |ECO| type card that will be used to track the progress of the change. " "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, click the :guilabel:`New`" " button in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "Learn how to create new :ref:`ECO types ` to categorize " "and organize change orders. Doing so ensures employees only view the |ECOs| " "related to their responsibilities, whether it involves new product " "introductions, targeted product line updates, or regulatory compliance " "fulfillment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:36 msgid "On the |ECO| form, fill in the following fields accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Description` is a brief summary of the improvement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:39 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: specifies the |ECO| type project for organizing the " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:40 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Apply on` determines if the |ECO| changes the :guilabel:`Bill of " "Materials` or the :guilabel:`Product Only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Product` indicates the product being improved." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:43 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` specifies the changed |BOM|. It auto-populates" " if the product in :guilabel:`Product` field has an existing |BOM|. If " "multiple |BOMs| exist, select the intended radio options from the drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company` field is used in multi-company databases. Specify if the" " change applies to products in a specific company, or leave blank if the " "change applies to all companies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible` represents the assignee in charge of this |ECO|. " "(Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective` specifies when the |ECO| becomes live. Choosing " ":guilabel:`As soon as possible` means the |ECO| applies to the production " "|BOM| as soon as an authorized user :ref:`applies the changes " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:53 msgid "" "On the other hand, choosing :guilabel:`At Date`, and setting a specific " "date, leaves a date that makes it easier to track the version history of the" " |BOM|, and the specific date |BOMs|, used for production." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` are assigned to |ECOs| for prioritization and organization." " Create a new tag by typing the name in the field and selecting " ":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down menu. (Optional)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:59 msgid "" "After filling out the |ECO| form, click the :guilabel:`Start Revision` " "button to begin implementing the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:62 msgid "By pressing :guilabel:`Start Revision`, three actions occur:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Documents` smart button appears, storing relevant files of " "the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "A copy of the production |BOM| is stored in the newly-appeared " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|. The next available version " "number (e.g., `V2`, `V3`, ...) is also assigned to keep track of all |BOM| " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:68 msgid "" "The stages of the |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` are displayed in the top-right " "corner of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:71 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Revision` smart button is available **only** when the " ":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` radio button is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Apply on` field, and the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button has " "been pressed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "ECO with overview of stages in the top-right corner, and *Revision* smart " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:80 msgid "Change components" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:82 msgid "" "To modify the components in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the new version of the |BOM|. Odoo " "distinguishes the non-production version of the |BOM| from the current " "version, by flagging the test |BOM| with a large :guilabel:`Archived` tag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:87 msgid "" "After clicking the :guilabel:`Start Revision` button for an |ECO| for the " "product, `[D_0045 Stool]`, make changes to the product's |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button. Doing so opens the archived |BOM|, " "marked with a large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show the archived Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:95 msgid "" "On the new |BOM|, in the :guilabel:`Components` tab, proceed to modify the " "components list, by changing the :guilabel:`Quantity` of existing " "components, adding new components using the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, " "and removing components with the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "In version two of the |BOM| for a keyboard, the component quantities are " "reduced, and an additional component, `Stabilizers`, is added." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Make changes to components by going to the new BoM with the *Revision* smart" " button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:153 msgid "Compare changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner. On the |ECO| " "form, a new :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab displays the differences between the" " current |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:116 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new components added to the revised |BOM| that are not " "in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by both " "|BOMs|, while red text indicates components removed in the revised |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:120 msgid "" "Changes and tests are encapsulated in the revised |BOM|, and do **not** " "affect the |BOM| currently used in production. That is, until the " ":ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:124 msgid "" "View the summary of the differences between the current and revised keyboard" " |BOMs| in the :guilabel:`BoM Changes` tab of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View summary of component changes in the *BoM Changes* tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:132 msgid "Change operations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:134 msgid "" "To modify the operations in a |BOM|, click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button on an |ECO| to access the archived, new version of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:137 msgid "" "In the new |BOM| version, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab to view " "and edit |BOM| operations. To make changes, select each operation, which " "opens the corresponding :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operations` tab is *not* available by default. To enable it, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and check the :guilabel:`Work Orders` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:146 msgid "" "Make changes to any of the fields in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-up" " window, then click :guilabel:`Save` once completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:149 msgid "" "Create new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button, and " "remove new operations by clicking the :guilabel:`Archive Operation` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:155 msgid "" "Once the changes are complete, navigate back to the |ECO|, by clicking " "`ECO00X` in the breadcrumbs located in the top-left corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |ECO| form, a new :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab displays the " "differences between the current production |BOM| and the new version." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:161 msgid "" "Blue text indicates new operations added to the revised |BOM| that do not " "yet exist in the production |BOM|. Black text represents updates shared by " "both |BOMs|, while red text indicates operations removed in the revised " "|BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:165 msgid "" "Modifications to the |BOM| in an |ECO| will **not** affect the |BOM| used in" " production. That is, until the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:168 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab, each row of details, beneath the " "columns in the table, reflect the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:171 msgid ":guilabel:`Operation`: Name of the operation that was modified." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:172 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step`: specifies the quality control point, visible when the " "operation includes detailed instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:176 msgid "" "To check for instructions, click the operation line item in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab of a |BOM|. Then, in the :guilabel:`Open: " "Operations` pop-up window, look for the :guilabel:`Instructions` smart " "button displayed at the top." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:181 msgid "" "The `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` includes `10` detailed " ":guilabel:`Instructions` to complete it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Show *Instructions* smart button to check whether an operation has additional\n" "instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:189 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Step Type` details the type of quality control for further " "instructions in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` corresponds with the colored text to specify how the " "revised |BOM| differs from the production |BOM|. Operation change types can " "be :guilabel:`Add`, :guilabel:`Remove`, or :guilabel:`Update`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:194 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center` specifies the work center at which the operation is " "performed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:195 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change` refers to the change in the " ":guilabel:`Default Duration` field in the :guilabel:`Open: Operations` pop-" "up window, which specifies the expected time for completing the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:200 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab compares the production |BOM| with the" " revised |BOM| in the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:203 msgid "" "In the revised |BOM|, a new `Assembly` :guilabel:`Operation` at the " ":guilabel:`Work Center` `Assembly Line 1` is added. In addition, the " "expected duration of the operation is `20.00` minutes, as specified by the " ":guilabel:`Manual Duration Change`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:207 msgid "" "To supplement the `Assembly` operation, two quality control point " "instructions are added:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:209 msgid "" "The first is the :guilabel:`Step` `QCP00039`, a :guilabel:`Step Type` to " ":guilabel:`Register Production` of components." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:211 msgid "" "The second :guilabel:`Step` is `QCP00034`, an `Instructions` :guilabel:`Step" " Type` that provides additional assembly details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Show *Operation Changes* tab in an |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:221 msgid "Apply changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:223 msgid "" "After verifying the changes, move the |ECO| to a :ref:`verification stage " "`, which are stages that require approval before the " "revised changes can be applied to the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:227 msgid "" "Once the approvers accept the changes, the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button " "becomes available. Click this button, and the |ECO| is automatically moved " "to a closing stage. The changes are applied, which archives the original " "production |BOM|, and the revised |BOM| becomes the new production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:232 msgid "Verify changes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:234 msgid "" "To ensure the changes are live, from the |ECO| where the :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes` button was just pressed, return to the revised |BOM| by clicking " "the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:237 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, the large red :guilabel:`Archived` flag is removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:239 msgid "" "To further verify the changes, check the production |BOM| by going to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products` and select the " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:242 msgid "" "Then, on the product form, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " "button, and select the |BOM| from the list. In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" " tab of the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Version` field is updated to match the " "version number shown on the :guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the latest " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:248 msgid "" "After applying the changes of the |ECO| for the :ref:`keyboard " "`, view the version of the current keyboard |BOM| " "in the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab. Here, the :guilabel:`Version` number " "has been updated to `2`, matching the `V2` that appears in the " ":guilabel:`Revision` smart button of the |ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "View current *BOM* version in the Miscellaneous tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:260 msgid "Create ECO from tablet view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:262 msgid "" "Operators can directly suggest clearer operation instructions, while " "performing manufacturing orders (MOs) in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:265 msgid "" "To create |ECOs| in this manner, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select the desired :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` and switch to the " ":guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. Then, click the :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` " "icon for the desired work order to open the *tablet view* of the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:271 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`📱 (mobile phone)` icon is **only** available for :abbr:`MOs " "(Manufacturing Orders)` with a :guilabel:`Confirmed` or :guilabel:`In " "Progress` status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "Find the tablet icon for each operation, second from the far right." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:278 msgid "" "Next, add an instructional step, by clicking the :guilabel:`☰ (three " "horizontal lines)` icon in the tablet view of an operation. Doing so opens " "the :guilabel:`Menu` of action items for a :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)`." " Then, click the :guilabel:`Add a step` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Open the *Add a Step* pop-up by clicking the three horizontal lines icon in " "tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:286 msgid "" "Clicking the button reveals an :guilabel:`Add a step` pop-up window, where " "the proposed changes are submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:289 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Title` field, enter a short step description. Next, in the" " :guilabel:`Instruction` text field, type the instructions of the step in " "greater detail. Optionally, add an image to the :guilabel:`Document` field. " "Once completed, finish by clicking the :guilabel:`Propose Change` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:295 msgid "" "To propose an additional check for broken components, enter the details in " "the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window. Doing so creates an instructional " "quality control point that will be reviewed in the following section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Fill out the *Add a Step* form to suggest an additional quality control " "point." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:303 msgid "" "Based on the inputs from the :guilabel:`Add a Step` pop-up window, an |ECO| " "is created with the following information:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:306 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` is the name of the operation, followed by the " ":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` number for reference." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:308 msgid "The |ECO| :guilabel:`Type` is automatically assigned to `BOM Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:309 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` fields are " "automatically populated, based on the |BOM| used in the :abbr:`MO " "(Manufacturing Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:311 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible` is the operator who submitted the feedback." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:314 msgid "View ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:316 msgid "" "To review the proposed changes, navigate to the :menuselection:`PLM app --> " "Overview`. In the `BOM Updates` |ECO| type card, the :guilabel:`X " "Engineering Changes` button represents the amount of operational changes " "created from the tablet view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:320 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`X Engineering Changes` button to open the kanban " "view of the |ECO| type. To view the suggestion, select an |ECO| in the `New`" " stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:323 msgid "" "On the |ECO|, view a summary of the proposed changes in the " ":guilabel:`Operation Changes` tab. Click the :guilabel:`Revision` smart " "button to navigate to the revised |BOM| and look into the proposed changes " "in greater detail." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:328 msgid "" "An operator suggested another check for broken components by adding a step " "from the tablet view, while performing the `Assemble switches` operation for" " the :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` `WH/MO/00010` for the product, " "`Keyboard`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:332 msgid "" "Then, this created |ECO| can be viewed by navigating to the `BOM Changes` " "ECO type found in :menuselection:`PLM app --> Overview`. By default, |ECOs| " "created from tablet view are set to spawn in the `New` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:336 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is assigned to the operator who made the " "suggestion, allowing the employee revising the |BOM| to seek further " "clarification from the person who proposed the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "Find the new ECO in the \"BOM Changes\" ECO type, in the *New* stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:344 msgid "" "On the revised |BOM|, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, and select " "the :guilabel:`☰ (three horizontal lines)` icon. Doing so opens a list of " ":guilabel:`Steps` to perform the operation, with the newest instruction " "titled `New Step Suggestion:`, followed by the user-entered title. Click the" " line item to view the suggested changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst-1 msgid "\"Show Instructions\" icon in the *Operations* tab of a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:353 msgid "" "On the :ref:`quality control point ` form, ensure the following form fields are accurately " "filled out to give detailed instructions for operators:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:356 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title`: rename to give a concise description of the new " "instruction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:357 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Control per`: using the drop-down menu, determine whether this " "instruction applies broadly for the :guilabel:`Product`, specifically for " "this :guilabel:`Operation` *only*, or a particular :guilabel:`Quantity` of " "the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:360 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: categorizes the control point type. From the drop-down " "menu, select :guilabel:`Instructions` to detail an instruction for the " "worker. To receive input from the workers, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture`, :guilabel:`Register Consumed Materials`, :guilabel:`Print Label`, " "or other :ref:`quality check options `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:367 msgid "" ":ref:`Configure quality control points `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:369 msgid "" "Once the quality control point is configured, return to the " ":guilabel:`Steps` list using the breadcrumbs. Finally, drag the last quality" " control line item to its intended order of instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:373 msgid "" "Drag and reorder the `Check for broken switches` instruction, by clicking " "and dragging its \"6 dots\" icon to move it from the bottom to the second " "position." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/engineering_change_orders.rst:0 msgid "" "Drag and reorder instructions by selecting the \"6 dots\" icon on the far " "left." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:3 msgid "Version control" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:10 msgid "" "Use Odoo's *Product Lifecycle Management (PLM)* to manage previous versions " "of bills of materials (BoMs). Store former assembly instructions, component " "details, and past product design files while keeping the past details out of" " the production |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:14 msgid "" "Easily revert to previous |BOM| versions, when needed. Additionally, use " "*PLM* to trace which |BOM| version was active on specific dates for recalls " "or customer complaints." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:17 msgid "" "Every |BOM| version is stored in an *engineering change order* (ECO) for " "organized testing and improvements without disrupting normal manufacturing " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:21 msgid ":ref:`Engineering change order `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:24 msgid "Current BoM version" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:26 msgid "" "To see the current version of the |BOM| used in production, go to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials`, and select " "the desired |BOM| from the list. Then, switch to the " ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, where the currently live :guilabel:`Version` " "of the |BOM| is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:32 msgid "" "|BOMs| can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " "Products --> Bill of Materials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show the current version BOM in the Misc tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:40 msgid "Version history" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:42 msgid "" "To manage all former, current, and future versions of a |BOM|, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " "Materials` and click the desired |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:45 msgid "" "From the |BOM| page, click the :guilabel:`ECO` smart button, and switch to " "list view by selecting the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon on the" " top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:49 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`ECO` smart button is visible on the |BOM| **only** if the " "*PLM* app is installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show ECO smart button on a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:55 msgid "" "In the list of |ECOs| for the product, navigate to the search bar at the " "top, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon on the right to access a " "drop-down menu of :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:58 msgid "" "Next, filter by :guilabel:`Done` |ECOs| to view: the revision history of the" " |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Responsible` user who applied the change, and the " ":guilabel:`Effective Date` of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:62 msgid "" "Click each |ECO| to view the past components, operations, and design files " "associated with the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Display ECO revision history for a BoM for a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:70 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Effective Date` field is empty, the :guilabel:`Effective` " "date of the |ECO| is automatically set to :guilabel:`As soon as possible` " "and no dates are recorded in the revision history of the |BOM|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "List of BOM effective dates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:79 msgid "" "A workaround for checking when the |BOM| went live is by navigating to the " "chatter, and hovering over the time the |ECO| was moved to the :ref:`closing" " stage `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:83 msgid "Design files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:85 msgid "" "Attach computer-aided design (CAD) files, PDFs, images, or other design " "material to the |BOM| itself." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:88 msgid "" "To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`PLM app --> Master Data --> Bill of " "Materials`, and select the desired |BOM|. On the |BOM|, navigate to the " "*chatter*, and click the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:92 msgid "" "The files associated with the |BOM| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Files` " "section. To add more design files, select the :guilabel:`Attach files` " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst-1 msgid "Show paperclip icon in the chatter to attach files to a BoM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:100 msgid "Manage design files in an ECO" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:102 msgid "" "Add, modify, and remove files in an |ECO|. Once the |ECO| is approved and " "applied, the new files are automatically linked to the production |BOM|. " "Archived files are removed from the |BOM|, but are still accessible in the " "|ECO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:106 msgid "" "To manage the design files in the |ECO|, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`PLM app --> Changes` and choose the desired |ECO|. Next, " "open the :guilabel:`Attachments` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Documents` " "smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:110 msgid "" "Hover over each attachment to reveal the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)`" " icon. From there, choose whether to :guilabel:`Edit`, :guilabel:`Remove`, " "or :guilabel:`Download` the file. Any changes made to these files are " "contained within the |ECO|, and will only apply to the production |BOM| once" " the :ref:`changes are applied `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:116 msgid "" "In the `Create 60% keyboard` |ECO|, the design files are from the original " "`100% keyboard` |BOM|. To replace the keyboard PDF, begin by selecting the " ":guilabel:`Documents` smart button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Show *Documents* smart button from an active ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:123 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Attachments` page, hover over the `100% keyboard " "manual.pdf` design file, and click the :guilabel:`︙ (three vertical dots)` " "icon. Then, click the :guilabel:`Remove` option to archive the file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:127 msgid "" "Next, on the same :guilabel:`Attachments` page, click the :guilabel:`Upload`" " button to upload the new design file, named `60% keyboard manual`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "View of *Attachments* page from the *Documents* smart button. Displays one archived and\n" "one newly added attachment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:136 msgid "" "Archived files are **not** permanently deleted — they can still be accessed " "in the previous |ECO|, or as an archived file in the latest |ECO|, where the" " archival occurred." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:140 msgid "Apply rebase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:142 msgid "" "Odoo simplifies merge conflict resolution for concurrent |ECOs| on the same " "product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:144 msgid "" "Conflicts can occur when the production |BOM| is updated while other |ECOs| " "are modifying the previous version. Differences between the new and previous" " production |BOMs| are displayed in the :guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes`" " tab, visible only in this scenario." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:148 msgid "" "To resolve conflicts and retain |ECO| changes, click the :guilabel:`Apply " "Rebase` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:151 msgid "" "Two |ECOs|, `ECO0011` and `ECO0012`, are created when the current |BOM| " "version is `5`. In `ECO0011`, a new component, `Space stabilizer`, is added," " and the changes are applied. This means the current |BOM| version has " "become `6`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "Apply changes to an ECO to update the production BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:159 msgid "" "This means `ECO0012` is modifying an outdated |BOM|. As shown in the " ":guilabel:`Previous Eco Bom Changes` tab, the |BOM| is missing the `Space " "stabilizer`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:162 msgid "" "To ensure the changes applied by `ECO0011` are kept when the changes occur " "in `ECO0012`, click the :guilabel:`Apply Rebase` button to apply the " "previous |ECO| changes, without affecting the changes already made to " "`ECO0012`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/manage_changes/version_control.rst:0 msgid "" "Click the *Apply Rebase* button to update the BOM to match the production " "BOM." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management.rst:3 msgid "Project management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Approvals" msgstr "Odobritve" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:10 msgid "" "Notify stakeholders and managers automatically by assigning approvers to " "stages of :ref:`engineering change orders ` (ECOs) under review. " "Changes can only be applied after the assigned approver accepts them. " "Approvals ensure reviews by team members, which prevents mistakes and " "premature actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:16 msgid ":ref:`Stage configuration `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:19 msgid "Add approver" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:21 msgid "" "To add an approver, first go to the :menuselection:`PLM app`, and click on " "the project card of an ECO type to open the Gantt view of the |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:24 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page, hover over the intended " "stage, and select the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Edit` to open a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:28 msgid "" "Approvers can be added to any stage, but it's strongly recommended to assign" " them to the *verification* stage, which comes before the *closing* stage, " "where |ECOs| are applied, and the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` version is" " updated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:32 msgid "" "See the documentation about :ref:`stage types ` for " "more information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Edit` stage pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Add a " "line` button, located under :guilabel:`Approvals`. Then, type in the " "approver's position (or title) under :guilabel:`Role` (e.g. `Engineering " "Manager`, `Quality Team`, etc.), and select the relevant :guilabel:`User` " "from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:41 msgid "" "Next, set the :guilabel:`Approval Type` to :guilabel:`Is required to " "approve`, :guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional`, or " ":guilabel:`Comments only`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:45 msgid "" "Assign the `CTO`, \"Mitchell Admin,\" as a required approver for |ECOs| in " "the `Validated` stage in the `New Product Introduction` ECO type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:48 msgid "" "Approvals from the quality and marketing teams are **not** required to apply" " changes to the |ECO| because their :guilabel:`Approval Type` is set to " ":guilabel:`Approves, but the approval is optional` and :guilabel:`Comments " "only`, respectively." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "" "Set an approver that \"Is required to approve\" ECOs in the \"Validated\" " "stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:57 msgid "Manage approvals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:59 msgid "" "Approvers can easily track their to-do approvals by navigating to the " ":menuselection:`PLM app`, and looking at the card for an ECO type, which " "shows the count of open tasks assigned to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:62 msgid "Here's what each button on an ECO project card does:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:64 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`# Engineering Changes` button displays a count of in-progress" " |ECOs| of this ECO type. Clicking the button opens the Gantt view of the " ":guilabel:`Engineering Change Orders` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`My Validations` displays a count of |ECOs| the approver must " "accept or reject. Clicking on this button displays |ECOs| pending approval " "or rejected (marked with the red :guilabel:`Blocked` state)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:69 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`All Validations` button shows the count of |ECOs| awaiting " "approval or rejected by any approver. Clicking it reveals these pending " "|ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:71 msgid "" ":guilabel:`To Apply` displays a count of |ECOs| to which the user needs to " "apply changes. Clicking on the button displays all the |ECOs| to approve, " "and apply changes to, in the verification stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:75 msgid "" "|ECOs| marked with the green :guilabel:`Done` stage have already been " "approved, and the user just needs to click on the |ECO| to enter the form " "view, and click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Display count of validations to-do and buttons to open filtered list of " "ECOs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:84 msgid "Approve ECOs" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:86 msgid "" "Navigate to an |ECO| in a verification stage, while logged in as the " "assigned approver, to see the :guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Reject`, and " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:89 msgid "" "To approve the |ECO|, and apply the changes onto the production :abbr:`BoM " "(Bill of Materials)`, click :guilabel:`Approve`, and then :guilabel:`Apply " "Changes`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button will **not** work unless the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button was clicked first. Additionally, the chatter logs" " the history of the clicked buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:96 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Approval Type` is **not** set to :guilabel:`Is required " "to approve`, approval from the associated user is not needed before applying" " changes with the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button. Thus, the " ":guilabel:`Apply Changes` button **will work** without requiring the " ":guilabel:`Approve` button to be clicked first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:102 msgid "Automated activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:104 msgid "" "When an |ECO| is moved to a verification stage, a planned activity is " "automatically created for assigned approvers to review the |ECO|. Approvers " "receive a notification in their activities inbox, accessible through the " ":guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon at the top of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:108 msgid "" "In the to-do task list, the :guilabel:`Engineering Change Order (ECO)` " "notification displays the number of activities marked :guilabel:`Late`, " ":guilabel:`Today`, and :guilabel:`Future`. Clicking on each of these buttons" " shows a filtered Gantt view of the respective |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:113 msgid "" "Scheduled activities are shown as a number on the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` " "icon, with `5` |ECOs| pending approval :guilabel:`Today`. Currently, there " "are `0` :guilabel:`Late` or :guilabel:`Future` |ECOs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Show scheduled approvals notifications for the user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:121 msgid "" "By clicking a pending |ECO|, a *planned activity* for :guilabel:`ECO " "Approval` is recorded in the chatter. Click on the :guilabel:`i (Info)` icon" " to view additional information, including the approval's " ":guilabel:`Created` date, the approver :guilabel:`Assigned to` it, and the " "due date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "Show additional details of the planned ECO approval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:130 msgid "Follow-up activities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:132 msgid "" "When |ECOs| are rejected, tasks need to be assigned to project members for " "required modifications before |ECO| approval. To create tasks with " "deadlines, navigate to the rejected |ECO| form, and go to the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:136 msgid "" "Select the :guilabel:`Mark Done` button in the :guilabel:`Planned " "Activities` section of the chatter to close the activity, and open a pop-up " "window for creating tasks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst-1 msgid "" "Show *Mark Done* window to show *Done & Schedule Next*, *Done*, and *Discard* buttons to\n" "close the planned activity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:144 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mark Done` window, click :guilabel:`Done & Schedule Next` " "to open a new :guilabel:`Schedule an Activity` window. Next, set the " ":guilabel:`Assigned to` team member and the :guilabel:`Due Date` for " "completing the changes. Provide task details in the :guilabel:`Summary` " "field and the text box. Click the :guilabel:`Schedule` button to close the " "window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:149 msgid "" "After closing the window, on the |ECO| form, move the |ECO| back one stage. " "Doing so ensures that when the team member completes the changes, and " "returns the |ECO| to the verification stage, a new :guilabel:`ECO Approval` " "task is created for the approver." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:154 msgid "" "The approver creates an activity for the :guilabel:`Responsible` of the " "|ECO|, `Laurie Poiret`, that details the changes required for the approver " "to :guilabel:`Accept` the |ECO|. Clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule` button " "creates a planned activity for Laurie due on `08/15/2023`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/plm/management/approvals.rst:0 msgid "Create a scheduled activity for follow-up changes to a rejected ECO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Nabava" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " "purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " "replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Napredno" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" "If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " "track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " "better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " "your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " "negotiate discounts on prices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 msgid "Generate customized reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " "reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " "performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " "presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " "features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 msgid "" "Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " "*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " "orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " "the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " "filters are:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " "previous year, canceled purchase orders included" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 msgid "" "*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " "orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 msgid "" "*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " "depending on their date of confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 msgid "" "When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " "least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 msgid "" "If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" " feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 msgid "" "Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" " customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " ":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " "filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " "click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " "simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " "filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " "click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" " on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " "customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " "can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Measure exactly what you need" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " "prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " "presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " "both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 msgid "" "You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " "three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " "but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " "group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " "additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " "bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " "displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 msgid "Explore your data" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 msgid "" "The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " "Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " "at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " "*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " "column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " "*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" " so on." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Blanket orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 msgid "" "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " "vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 msgid "" "Blanket orders are helpful when products are consistently purchased from the" " same vendor, but in different quantities, and at different times." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" " also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " "pricing with vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:23 msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create blanket orders, enable the *Purchase Agreements* feature from the " "*Purchase* app settings. Navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click" " the checkbox for :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Then click " ":guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" "In addition to creating blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* setting " "also allows users to create alternative requests for quotation (RfQs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:38 msgid "" "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders -->" " Blanket Orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a new blanket order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" "Configure the following fields in the new blanket order form to establish " "predetermined rules for the recurring long-term agreement:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: the user assigned to this specific " "blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " "user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: the type of purchase agreement this blanket " "order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " "purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:49 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once" " or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-" "down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: the agreed-upon currency to be used for this exchange." " If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency " "can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: the date that this purchase agreement will " "be set to expire on. If this blanket order should not expire, leave this " "field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: the date that this blanket order should be placed" " on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a" " new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the *Order " "Deadline* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:59 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: the expected delivery date that the products " "included in an |RfQ| are expected, if created directly from a blanket order " "form. If a new quotation is created, this value automatically populates the " "*Expected Arrival* field on the |RfQ|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:62 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Source Document`: the source purchase order (PO) that this " "blanket order is tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any " "existing |PO|, leave this field blank." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:64 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By" " default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is " "listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " "**cannot** be changed, and defaults to the only company listed in the " "database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:73 msgid "" "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " "to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, change the quantity of each product, and set a " "price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:78 msgid "" "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " "products are not automatically added to the product lines. Instead, the " "prices **must** be manually assigned, by changing the value in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed " "vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:83 msgid "" "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " "orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right " "arrow)` icon that becomes visible when hovering over the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` field, where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed." " This navigates to the blanket order settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "" "Internal link arrow next to Agreement Type field on blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:92 msgid "" "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " ":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " "Type` can be changed, and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be " "changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type " "of selection:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:97 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select only one RfQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, the remaining purchase orders are canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Select multiple RfQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " "confirmed, remaining purchase orders are **not** canceled. Instead, multiple" " purchase orders are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:102 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the :guilabel:`Lines`" " and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields can be edited. Doing so sets how new " "quotations should be populated when using this purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:112 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product lines pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket " "order, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " "quotation, **and** selecting an existing blanket order, the settings carry " "over to the new quotation, but the product lines do **not** populate." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:119 msgid "" "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " "product quantities listed on the blanket order pre-populate on the product " "lines, if said blanket order is chosen for the new quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation, **and** " "selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines pre-populate, but all" " quantities are set to `0`. The quantities **must** be manually set by the " "user." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 msgid "" "Once any desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`New` (via the " "breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order " "form. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:132 msgid "" "Once confirmed, the blanket order's stage (in the upper-right corner) " "changes from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Ongoing`, meaning this " "agreement can be selected and used when creating new |RfQs|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:136 msgid "" "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " "prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:140 msgid "Create a new |RfQ| from the blanket order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:142 msgid "" "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " "from the blanket order form. |RfQs| using this form are pre-populated with " "information based on the rules set in the form. Additionally, new quotations" " are automatically linked to this blanket order form, via the " ":guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top-right of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 msgid "" "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click the " ":guilabel:`New Quotation` button. This opens a new |RfQ|, that is pre-" "populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured" " on the blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:151 msgid "" "From the new |RfQ| form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send" " an email to the listed vendor. Click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a " "printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order` to confirm the |PO|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 msgid "" "Once the |PO| has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via " "the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there" " is now one |RfQ| listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the " "top-right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see" " the |PO| that was just created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:171 msgid "" "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of the products included in the order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:174 msgid "" "This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment " "<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the " ":guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are " "referenced on the vendor line. This information dictates when, where, and at" " what price the product should be replenished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " "the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " "or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " "fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " "(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " "the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " "compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " "which vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" " by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" " making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " "quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " "the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " ":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " "Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " "*blanket orders*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " "lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " "do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " "select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " ":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" "down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " "set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 msgid "" "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 msgid "" "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" " vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" " :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " ":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " "additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" " add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " "Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" " the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " "sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 msgid "" "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " "past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " "offers for them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 msgid "" "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," " alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " "to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " "other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 msgid "" "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " "alternative` pop-up window appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 msgid "" "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" " to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 msgid "" "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" " by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" " (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" " quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " ":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 msgid "" "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" " purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " "quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " "alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " "purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" " the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " "product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " "form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " "manually, if desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 msgid "" "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " "to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " ":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 msgid "" "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " ":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " "on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 msgid "" "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " "of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " "product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" "down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " ":guilabel:`Send by Email`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 msgid "" "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" " message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" " to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 msgid "" "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " "tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " ":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" " :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " ":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 msgid "" "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " "the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " "quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" " be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " "at first." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 msgid "" "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " ":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " "the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " "email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " ":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " "orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " "previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 msgid "" "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " "Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " ":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 msgid "" "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " ":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " ":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " "pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 msgid "Compare product lines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 msgid "" "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " "alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " "vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " "go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " "created previously." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " ":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " "Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" " a Compare Order Lines page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 msgid "" "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " "Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" " displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " "Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 msgid "" "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " "products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " "RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " "the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " "order, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 msgid "" "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " ":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " "removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " ":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " "purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" " is changed to **0**, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 msgid "" "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " "individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" " the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " "an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 msgid "" "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " "provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 msgid "" "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" " from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " "set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " "can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " "purchase orders have been confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 msgid "" "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " "into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " "clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " "purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " "purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " "product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " "(Purchase Order)` is open." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 msgid "" "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " "listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " ":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " "details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " "when finished." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " ":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " "now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 msgid "" "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " "ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " ":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " "click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " ":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " "the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " "(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " "listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " "column at the far right of their rows." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 msgid "" "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " "be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " "into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " "vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " "policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " "applied to any new product created." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" "To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " ":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" " the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " "Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" "The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " "definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " "order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " "used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " "total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " "used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" " vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 msgid "" "If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " "control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " "in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " "policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " "the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " "products actually being received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" "To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" " policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " ":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " "Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" " the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " ":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" " column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " ":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " "*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " "some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" msgstr "3-stransko ujemanje" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" "Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " "paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " "actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 msgid "" "3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " "set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " ":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " "a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " "since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " "in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" "If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " "received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " "draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 msgid "" "Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " "of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " "this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " ":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " "doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " "a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" "Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " ":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" " set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." " However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" "down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" "When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " "viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order billing status." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 msgid "" "Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " "could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " "policy used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 msgid "**Conditions**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On received quantities*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 msgid "*On ordered quantities*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 msgid "*Not applicable*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 msgid "PO confirmed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 msgid "Draft bill created" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 msgid "Manage vendor bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 msgid "" "A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " "company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" " from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " "purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " "process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" " settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " "to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " "down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " ":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " "policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " "the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " "are used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " "policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " "product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Control policy field on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 msgid "" "*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " "the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 msgid "" "To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " "Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" " the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " "bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " ":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 msgid "" "When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." " Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " "create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " "the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " "completed at different steps of the procurement process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" " bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 msgid "" "On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " "quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 msgid "" "Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " ":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " "the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 msgid "" "Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill` page for the purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " "the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," " add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " ":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" " can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 msgid "" "On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," " which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " "Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " ":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " "and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " "menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " ":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " "banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 msgid "" "Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " "or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " "vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " "customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " "returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 msgid "" "If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " "quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " "policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " "proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 msgid "" "To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " "quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " "--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " "section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " "Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 msgid "" "Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " "to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " "blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " "purchase order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" " cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " "Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " "included on the order to create a vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " "receipt form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 msgid "" "On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " "mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " ":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " ":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " ":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " ":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " ":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " "Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 msgid "" "Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " "bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " "received." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 msgid "" "Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " ":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " "bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " ":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 msgid "" "Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " "**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " ":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 msgid "" "On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " ":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " "(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " "line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " "other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " "the bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " ":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " "on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 msgid "" "Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" " credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " "number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 msgid "" "Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" " to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " "menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " "order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" " the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 msgid "Batch billing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 msgid "" "Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " "app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 msgid "" "To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " "Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" " :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " "selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " ":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" " & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " "or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " "payments for multiple vendor bills at once." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " "pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " "field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " "choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " ":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 msgid "" "When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " "list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" " all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " "only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " ":guilabel:`Posted`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "Izdelki" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " "minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " "rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" " a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" " below a set threshold." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" "Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " "be added to them." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" "Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " ":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " "Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " "Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " "into it's product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" "Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " "be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " "Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 msgid "" "After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " "by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " "that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " ":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 msgid "" "Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " "orders automatically by defining the following fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" " once they are received and entered into stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " "while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " "hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " "to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " "set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " "created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " "ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " "this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " "resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " "Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " "Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " "will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" ":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" " be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " "it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " "non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" "Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " "runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" "up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" "Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " "actions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 msgid "Manage reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" "To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " "product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " "top of the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 msgid "" "To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" " dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " "data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " ":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " "are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:3 msgid "Temporary reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:5 msgid "" "Some businesses require certain products to always have a minimum quantity " "of stock on-hand at any given time. To avoid stock falling below a certain " "threshold, companies can create *reordering rules* in Odoo to automate " "purchase orders for specific products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:9 msgid "" "Reordering rules keep the forecasted stock levels above a certain threshold," " without exceeding a specified upper limit, or maximum amount. When a " "product with a reordering rule falls below a specified quantity, Odoo " "generates an order using the specified *route* (e.g. *Buy* or *Manufacture*)" " to replenish the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:14 msgid "" "In certain cases, businesses might opt for *temporary reordering rules* when" " they do not want specific products to be replenished automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:17 msgid "" "In Odoo, a \"temporary\" reordering rule is created in the replenishment " "dashboard when a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:19 msgid "is configured with a *Buy* route" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:20 msgid "has no reordering rule configured" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:21 msgid "has `0` quantity in stock" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:22 msgid "is included in a sales order (SO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:24 msgid "" "This rule is deleted upon confirmation of the purchase order (PO) generated " "for the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:27 msgid "" ":doc:`../../inventory/product_management/product_replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure a product that triggers temporary reordering rules when its " "stock reaches `0`, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Products --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:37 msgid "" "The same configurations can also be made on an existing product, by going to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting an " "existing product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:40 msgid "" "On the product form, enter the product name, and ensure the :guilabel:`Can " "be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` options are enabled, located " "beneath the :guilabel:`Product Name` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:44 msgid "" "Then, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product`, under the " ":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:47 msgid "" "Next, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under :guilabel:`Vendor`, " "click :guilabel:`Add a line` to select a vendor from the drop-down menu. " "Then, set a purchase price under :guilabel:`Price`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:51 msgid "" "A vendor **must** be set for temporary reordering rules to work. While a " ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)` can still be created automatically, attempting " "to replenish the product from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard in the" " *Inventory* app triggers a warning to add a vendor on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:0 msgid "Warning pop-up upon clicking to replenish product with no set vendor." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:60 msgid "" "Before creating a :abbr:`SO (sales order)` for the product, ensure the " ":guilabel:`On Hand` smart button on the product form reads `0.00 Units`. " "Then, ensure that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button reads `0`, " "indicating there are no rules applied to this product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "" "Product form smart button row displaying reordering rules and on hand " "buttons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:69 msgid "Trigger temporary reordering rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:71 msgid "" "To trigger a temporary reordering rule, create a new sales order for a " "product by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:74 msgid "" "Then, add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field, and click " ":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " ":guilabel:`Order Lines` tab. Next, select the desired product from the drop-" "down menu. Lastly, :guilabel:`Confirm` the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Sales order for product with no set reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:83 msgid "Check replenishment report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:85 msgid "" "To see the temporary reordering rule created for the out-of-stock product " "included in the sales order, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Operations --> Replenishment`. Doing so opens the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:89 msgid "" "On this dashboard, locate the product for which the temporary reordering " "rule was created. On its product line, its :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity, " "negative :guilabel:`Forecast` quantity, *Buy* :guilabel:`Route`, and " ":guilabel:`To Order` quantity to replenish can be seen." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:93 msgid "" "Additionally, two replenishment options are located to the far-right of the " "row: :guilabel:`Order Once` and :guilabel:`Automate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Replenishment report displaying temporary reordering rule and options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:100 msgid "" "To use the one-time, temporary reordering rule, click :guilabel:`Order " "Once`. This action triggers a confirmation pop-up window in the top-right " "corner, reading :guilabel:`The following replenishment order has been " "generated`, along with a new purchase order number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:105 msgid "" "Once the purchase order has been generated after clicking :guilabel:`Order " "Once`, refresh the page. The temporary reordering rule for the product no " "longer appears in the :guilabel:`Replenishment` dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:110 msgid "Complete purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:112 msgid "" "To view the purchase order created from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` " "dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app`, and select the " "generated :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` from the :guilabel:`Requests for " "Quotation` overview." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:116 msgid "" "From here, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, then click :guilabel:`Receive " "Products`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the purchase " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst-1 msgid "Purchase order for product ordered with temporary reordering rule." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:123 msgid "Now, the original sales order can be delivered and invoiced." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:126 msgid "" "Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` is delivered and invoiced, ensure there " "are no reordering rules on the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/temporary_reordering.rst:129 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, select the " "product, and confirm that the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button " "displays `0`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" " unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " "between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " "convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " "product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 msgid "Consider the following examples:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." " However, your customers are European and use **liters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " "of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 msgid "Enable units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 msgid "" "Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "Standard units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " "Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " "*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 msgid "" "You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " "(see next section)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 msgid "" "To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " "Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " "product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" " tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" "Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " "**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " "(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 msgid "" "Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " "the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" " with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "" "If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " "form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " "you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" " units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 msgid "" "First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" " to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" " the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" " *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " "the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " "Odoo is always a multiple of this value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "" "In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" " than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " "Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " "accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " "0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" " measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " "*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 msgid "" "As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " "*Smaller*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 msgid "" "Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " "second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " "than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 msgid "Quality" msgstr "Kakovost" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 msgid "" "**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " "processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " "inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " "`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types.rst:5 msgid "Quality check types" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:3 msgid "Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, an *Instructions* check is one of the quality check types" " that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Instructions* checks consist of a text entry field that allows" " the creator to provide instructions for how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:12 msgid "" "For a full overview of how to configure a quality check or a |QCP|, see the " "documentation on :ref:`quality checks ` and :ref:`quality control points " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:17 msgid "Process an Instructions quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:19 msgid "" "There are multiple ways that *Instructions* quality checks can be processed." " If a quality check is assigned to a specific manufacturing, inventory, or " "work order, the check can be processed on the order itself. Alternatively, a" " check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:24 msgid "Process from the quality check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:26 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:30 msgid "" "If the product passes the check, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button above the" " quality check form. If the product does not pass the check, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:34 msgid "Process quality check on an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:36 msgid "" "To process an *Instructions* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.) for" " which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:43 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears above the order. Click the button " "to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, from which any quality " "checks created for the order can be processed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:51 msgid "" "To complete an *Instructions* quality check, follow the instructions " "detailed in the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the check has been completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:55 msgid "" "If an issue or defect is found during the quality check, a quality alert may" " need to be created to notify a quality team. To do so, click the " ":guilabel:`Quality Alert` button that appears at the top of the " "manufacturing or inventory order after the check is validated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:59 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert form on a new page." " For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:64 msgid "Process work order quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:66 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered by a manufacturing order, a " "specific work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order " "Operation` field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, an " "*Instructions* quality check is created for that specific work order, rather" " than the |MO| as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:71 msgid "" "Quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed from the " "*Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which an *Instructions* " "quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:75 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (square with arrow coming out of it)` button on " "the line of the work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work" " Orders` pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open" " the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:84 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Instructions* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details how to complete the quality check. Once completed, click the " ":guilabel:`Next` button to complete the check, and move on to the next step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst-1 msgid "An Instruction check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:92 msgid "" "Alternatively, an *Instructions* quality check can be completed by clicking " "the checkbox that appears on the right side of the step's line on the work " "order card. When using this method, the quality check automatically passes, " "without a pop-up window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/instructions_check.rst:97 msgid "" "For a full guide to the *Shop Floor* module, see the :ref:`Shop Floor " "overview ` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:3 msgid "Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Measure* check is one of the quality check types that " "can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control point " "(QCP). *Measure* checks prompt users to measure a certain aspect of a " "product and record the measurement in Odoo. For the quality check to pass, " "the recorded measurement must be within a certain *tolerance* of a *norm* " "value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Measure* quality checks can be created. A " "single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can be " "configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Measure* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:27 msgid "Quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Measure* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:33 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:34 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:36 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how the picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Measure quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Measure* quality checks automatically, " "navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control Points`," " and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Measure` " "quality check type. Doing so causes two new fields to appear: " ":guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:53 msgid "" "Use the first text-entry field of the :guilabel:`Norm` field to record the " "ideal measurement that the product should conform to. Use the second text-" "entry field to specify the unit of measurement that should be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:56 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tolerance` field features two sub-fields: :guilabel:`from` " "and :guilabel:`to`. Use the :guilabel:`from` field to specify the minimum " "acceptable measurement, and the :guilabel:`to` field to specify the maximum " "acceptable measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:55 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` drop-down field, select the quality team responsible" " for managing the checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:62 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "measurement should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A QCP form configured to create Measure quality checks." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:70 msgid "Process a Measure quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:64 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Measure* quality checks can be " "processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:72 msgid "From the check's page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:79 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to take the measurement." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:83 msgid "" "After taking the measurement, record the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field on the quality check form. To manually pass or fail the check, click " ":guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the top-left corner of the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:87 msgid "" "Alternatively, if the quality check is assigned to a |QCP| for which *norm* " "and *tolerance* values have been specified, click :guilabel:`Measure` at the" " top-left corner of the check instead. Doing so automatically marks the " "check as *Passed* if the recorded value is within the specified *tolerance*," " or *Failed* if the value is outside of it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:88 msgid "On an order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:95 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing " "order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:97 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the page. Click the " "button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all " "of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:106 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check, measure the product as instructed, " "then enter the value in the :guilabel:`Measure` field on the pop-up window. " "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to register the recorded value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Measure quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If the value entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes and the" " pop-up window closes. The rest of the manufacturing or inventory order can " "then be processed as usual." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:118 msgid "" "However, if the value entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-" "up window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`. The body of the " "pop-up shows a warning message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units " "and it should be between # units and # units.`, as well as the instructions " "entered in the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the " "bottom of the pop-up, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check Failed\" pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:128 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so re-opens the :guilabel:`Quality Check`" " pop-up window. Enter the corrected measurement in the :guilabel:`Measure` " "field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:195 msgid "" "If the measurement was entered correctly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Measure` " "instead, and the quality check fails. Follow any instructions that were " "listed on the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:137 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:100 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check fails. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality alert " "form on a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:142 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out the quality alert form, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:146 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:121 msgid "On a work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:148 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Measure* quality " "check is created for that specific work order, rather than the manufacturing" " order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:153 msgid "" "*Measure* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be completed " "from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Measure* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:158 msgid "" "On the |MO|, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, and click the " ":guilabel:`Open Work Order (external link icon)` button on the line of the " "work order to be processed. On the resulting :guilabel:`Work Orders` pop-up " "window, click the :guilabel:`Open Shop Floor` button to open the *Shop " "Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:138 msgid "" "When accessed from a specific work order, the *Shop Floor* module opens to " "the page for the work center where the order is configured to be processed, " "and isolates the work order's card, so no other cards are shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:167 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Measure* quality check step is " "reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the measurement should be taken. After taking the " "measurement, enter it in the :guilabel:`Measure` field of the pop-up window," " and then click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "A Measure check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:176 msgid "" "If the measurement entered is within the range specified in the " ":guilabel:`Tolerance` section of the |QCP|, the quality check passes, and " "the pop-up window moves on to the next step of the work order. However, if " "the measurement entered is outside of the specified range, a new pop-up " "window appears, titled :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:181 msgid "" "The body of the :guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window shows a " "message that states, :guilabel:`You measured # units and it should be " "between # units and # units`, as well as the instructions entered in the " ":guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab of the |QCP|. At the bottom of the pop-up" " window, two buttons appear: :guilabel:`Correct Measure` and " ":guilabel:`Confirm Measure`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst-1 msgid "" "The Quality Check Failed pop-up window for a Measure check in the Shop Floor" " module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:190 msgid "" "If the measurement was not entered correctly, and should be changed, select " ":guilabel:`Correct Measure`. Doing so opens a new pop-up window, titled " ":guilabel:`Quality Check`. Enter the corrected measure in the " ":guilabel:`Measure` field, and then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete " "the check and close the pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:158 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, exit the pop-up window by clicking the " ":guilabel:`X (close)` button in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:202 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (three vertical dots)` button on the bottom-" "right corner of the work order card to open the :guilabel:`What do you want " "to do?` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:164 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` pop-up window, select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` button. Doing so opens a blank quality " "alert form in a new :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/measure_check.rst:210 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:169 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :doc:`quality alerts " "<../quality_management/quality_alerts>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:3 msgid "Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Pass - Fail* check is one of the quality check types " "that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality control " "point (QCP). *Pass - Fail* checks consist of a text field that allows the " "creator to specify a certain criteria that a product must meet to pass the " "check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:15 msgid "Create a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:17 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Pass - Fail* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:21 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Pass - Fail* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:30 msgid "" "To create a single *Pass - Fail* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:51 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Pass - Fail` " "quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:37 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field of the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, " "enter instructions for how to complete the quality check and the criteria " "that must be met for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Pass - Fail quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:45 msgid "Quality Control Point (QCP)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:47 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Pass - Fail* quality checks automatically," " begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:54 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how to " "complete the quality check and the criteria that must be met for the check " "to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Pass - Fail " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:62 msgid "Process a Pass - Fail quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:71 msgid "" "To process a *Measure* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and select a quality check. Follow the :guilabel:`Instructions` for" " how to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:75 msgid "" "If the criteria for the check is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at " "the top-left corner of the page. If the criteria is not met, click the " ":guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:81 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check on an order, select a manufacturing" " order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a " "check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:88 msgid "" "On the selected manufacturing or inventory order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a *Pass - Fail* quality check, follow the instructions shown on " "the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. If the criteria for the check " "is met, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the window. If " "the criteria is not met, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Pass - Fail quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory " "order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:105 msgid "" "For a complete guide on how to fill out quality alert forms, view the " "documentation on :ref:`quality alerts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:111 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Pass - Fail* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:116 msgid "" "*Pass - Fail* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Pass - Fail* quality " "check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:130 msgid "" "Begin processing the work order's steps until the *Pass - Fail* quality " "check step is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that " "details the criteria for whether the check passes or fails. Click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the bottom of the pop-up window if the check " "passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if it fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:135 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Pass` button is clicked, the pop-up window moves to the " "next step for the work order. If the :guilabel:`Fail` button is clicked, a " ":guilabel:`Quality Check Failed` pop-up window appears, detailing what " "should be done next." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst-1 msgid "A Pass - Fail check as it appears in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/pass_fail_check.rst:144 msgid "" "Alternatively, instead of clicking on the step to open the pop-up window, a " "*Pass - Fail* quality check can be completed by clicking the checkbox that " "appears on the right side of the step's line on the work order card. When " "using this method, the quality check passes automatically, without a pop-up " "window appearing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:3 msgid "Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo *Quality*, a *Take a Picture* check is one of the quality check " "types that can be selected when creating a new quality check or quality " "control point (QCP). *Take a Picture* checks require a picture to be " "attached to the check, which can then be reviewed by a quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:14 msgid "Create a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:16 msgid "" "There are two distinct ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks can be " "created. A single check can be manually created. Alternatively, a |QCP| can " "be configured that automatically creates checks at a predetermined interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:20 msgid "" "This documentation only details the configuration options that are unique to" " *Take a Picture* quality checks and |QCPs|. For a full overview of all the " "configuration options available when creating a single check or a |QCP|, see" " the documentation on :ref:`quality checks " "` and :ref:`quality control " "points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:29 msgid "" "To create a single *Take a Picture* quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new quality check form as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:50 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field, select the :guilabel:`Take a " "Picture` quality check type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form configured for a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:44 msgid "Quality control point" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:46 msgid "" "To create a |QCP| that generates *Take a Picture* quality checks " "automatically, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> " "Control Points`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Fill out the new |QCP| form as " "follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:51 msgid "" "If the *Maintenance* app is installed, a :guilabel:`Device` field appears " "after selecting the *Take a Picture* check type. Use this field to specify a" " device that should be used to take quality check pictures. For information " "about managing devices in the *Maintenance* app, see the documentation on " ":ref:`adding new equipment " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:57 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` text field, enter instructions for how the " "picture should be taken." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Quality Control Point (QCP) form configured to create a Take a Picture " "quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:65 msgid "Process a Take a Picture quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:67 msgid "" "Once created, there are multiple ways that *Take a Picture* quality checks " "can be processed. If a quality check is assigned to a specific inventory, " "manufacturing, or work order, the check can be processed on the order " "itself. Alternatively, a check can be processed from the check's page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:74 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check from the check's page, begin by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality " "Checks`, and then select a quality check. Follow the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` for how to take the picture." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:78 msgid "" "After taking the picture, make sure it is stored on the device being used to" " process the quality check (computer, tablet, etc.). Then, click the " ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button in the :guilabel:`Picture` section to open " "the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the picture, " "select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "The edit button (pencil) on a Take a Picture quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:90 msgid "" "To process a *Take a Picture* quality check on an order, select a " "manufacturing order or inventory order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), " "for which a check is required. Manufacturing orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing" " Orders`, and clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To " "Process` button on an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:101 msgid "" "Follow the instructions detailing how to take the picture, which are shown " "on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:105 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button in the :guilabel:`Picture`" " section to open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to" " the picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. Finally, " "click :guilabel:`Validate` on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window to" " complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "" "A Take a Picture quality check pop-up window on a manufacturing or inventory" " order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:114 msgid "" "If a quality alert must be created, click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` " "button that appears at the top of the manufacturing or inventory order after" " the check is validated. Clicking :guilabel:`Quality Alert` opens a quality " "alert form on a new page. For a complete guide on how to fill out quality " "alert forms, view the documentation on :ref:`quality alerts " "`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:123 msgid "" "When configuring a |QCP| that is triggered during manufacturing, a specific " "work order can also be specified in the :guilabel:`Work Order Operation` " "field on the |QCP| form. If a work order is specified, a *Take a Picture* " "quality check is created for that specific work order, rather than the " "manufacturing order as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:128 msgid "" "*Take a Picture* quality checks configured for work orders **must** be " "completed from the *Shop Floor* module. To do so, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Then, select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a *Take a Picture*" " quality check is required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the *Take a Picture* quality check step" " is reached. Click on the step to open a pop-up window that includes " "instructions for how the picture should be taken. After taking the picture, " "make sure it is stored on the device being used to process the quality check" " (computer, tablet, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:147 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Take a Picture` button on the pop-up window to " "open the device's file manager. In the file manager, navigate to the " "picture, select it, and click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:151 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the bottom of the pop-up window to " "complete the quality check. The pop-up window then moves on to the next step" " of the work order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check in the Shop Floor module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:173 msgid "Review picture attached to quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:175 msgid "" "After a picture has been attached to a check, it can then be reviewed by " "quality team members or other users. To do so, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and select " "a quality check to review." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst:179 msgid "" "The attached picture appears in the :guilabel:`Picture` section of the " "quality check form. After reviewing the picture, click the :guilabel:`Pass` " "button if the check passes, or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check " "fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_check_types/picture_check.rst-1 msgid "A Take a Picture check with a picture attached." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 msgid "Quality control basics" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 msgid "Quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:8 msgid "" "In the Odoo *Quality* app, *quality alerts* are used to notify quality teams" " of product defects or other issues. Quality alerts can be created from a " "manufacturing or inventory order, from a work order in the *Shop Floor* " "module, or directly within the *Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:13 msgid "Create quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:15 msgid "There are multiple ways to create a new quality alert:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:17 msgid "" "**From the Quality app itself**, by to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Quality Alerts`, and then click :guilabel:`New` to open a " "quality alert form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing " "Orders`, and then select an |MO|. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button" " at the top of the |MO| to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:24 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "|MO|. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear otherwise." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` " "button on an inventory order type card (Receipts, Delivery Orders, etc.), " "and then select an order. Click the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button at the " "top of the order to open a quality alert form in a new page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 msgid "" "This method can only be used if a quality check has been requested for the " "inventory order. The :guilabel:`Quality Alert` button will not appear " "otherwise. If the button does not appear, a quality alert can also be " "created by clicking the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon at the top of the page " "and selecting the :guilabel:`Quality Alert` option from the resulting menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:38 msgid "" "Open the :menuselection:`Shop Floor` module, and then select a work center " "from the navigation bar at the top of the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`⋮" " (three vertical dots)` button at the bottom-right of a work order card to " "open the :guilabel:`What do you want to do?` menu. Select the " ":guilabel:`Create a Quality Alert` option from this menu to open a quality " "alert in a pop-up window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:45 msgid "" "Depending on how a new quality alert form is opened, certain fields on the " "form may already be filled in. For example, if a quality alert is created " "from a work order card in the *Shop Floor* module, the :guilabel:`Product` " "and :guilabel:`Work Center` are pre-filled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:50 msgid "Quality alerts form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:52 msgid "" "After opening a new quality alert form, begin by giving it a short " ":guilabel:`Title` that summarizes the issue with the product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:55 msgid "Then, if the quality alert is referencing:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:57 msgid "" "**A specific product or product variant**, select it from the " ":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Variant` drop-down menus." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:59 msgid "" "**A specific work center**, select it from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:60 msgid "" "**A specific picking order**, select it from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-" "down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:62 msgid "" "Next in the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is " "responsible for managing the quality alert. If a specific employee should be" " responsible for the quality alert, select them from the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:66 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Tags` field, select any tags relevant to the quality alert" " from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Root Cause` field to select the cause of the quality " "issue, if known." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" "Lastly, choose a :guilabel:`Priority` level by selecting a :guilabel:`⭐ " "(star)` number between one and three. Quality alerts with higher priorities " "appear at the top of the :guilabel:`Quality Alerts` Kanban board in the " "*Quality* app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:75 msgid "" "At the bottom of the quality alert form are four tabs which aid in adding " "supplemental information or actions to be taken for the quality alert. They " "can be filled out as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:78 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Description` tab, enter a description of the quality " "issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Corrective Actions` tab to detail the steps that should " "be taken to fix the issue." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:81 msgid "" "Use the :guilabel:`Preventive Actions` tab to detail what should be done to " "prevent the issue from occurring in the future." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:83 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` tab, select the :guilabel:`Vendor` of the " "product. If using an Odoo database which manages multiple companies, select " "the relevant company in the :guilabel:`Company` field. Finally, specify when" " the alert was assigned to a quality team in the :guilabel:`Date Assigned` " "field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "A quality alert form that has been filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:93 msgid "Manage quality alerts" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:95 msgid "" "To view all existing quality alerts, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality -->" " Quality Control --> Quality Alerts`. By default, alerts are displayed in a " "Kanban board view, which organizes them into different stages based on where" " they are in the review process." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:99 msgid "" "To move an alert to a different stage, simply drag and drop it on the " "desired stage. Alternatively, select a quality alert to open it, and then " "click the desired stage above the top-right corner of the quality alert " "form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:103 msgid "" "To create a new alert within a specific stage, click the :guilabel:`+ " "(plus)` button to the right of the stage name. In the new alert card that " "appears below the stage title, enter the :guilabel:`Title` of the alert, and" " then click :guilabel:`Add`. To configure the rest of the alert, select the " "alert card to open its form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 msgid "The Quality Alerts page, displaying alerts in a Kanban view." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 msgid "Quality checks" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:9 msgid "" "Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " "to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" " for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " "operation or manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:13 msgid "" "Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" " automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " "|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" " processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " "explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" " :ref:`quality control points `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:19 msgid "" "While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " "is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" " manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " "will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " "unprompted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 msgid "Manual quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:27 msgid "" "To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " ":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " "from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" " order) and all products within it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " "part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:35 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " "is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " "delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" " a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " "for." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:40 msgid "" "Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " "menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" "down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " "the quality check is being conducted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:44 msgid "" "If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " "the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " "check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" " to a specific |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " "the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " "before the check can be completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " "certain criteria to pass the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " "appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " "completed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:57 msgid "" "Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" "down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " "filled out to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:60 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " "for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " "that owns the product being inspected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:63 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " "instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " "picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" " relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " "created, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:68 msgid "" "Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " ":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " "or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 msgid "Process quality check" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:78 msgid "" "Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " "from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " "Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " "operation, the check is processed in the *Shop Floor* module." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:83 msgid "" "It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " "assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " "operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " ":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " "quality checks for a specific work order operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 msgid "Quality check page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:92 msgid "" "To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" " the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " "check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" " tab at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:97 msgid "" "If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" " the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 msgid "Quality check on order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:103 msgid "" "To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " "order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " "Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " "clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " "an operation card, and selecting an order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:109 msgid "" "On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " ":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" " button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" " of the quality checks required for that order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:113 msgid "" "Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " "window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " "clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " "window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " "appears instead. Click it to complete the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 msgid "Quality check on work order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:125 msgid "" "To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " ":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " "Select an |MO| that includes a work order for which a quality check is " "required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:135 msgid "" "For a full guide to the Shop Floor module, see the :doc:`Shop Floor overview" " <../../manufacturing/shop_floor/shop_floor_overview>` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:142 msgid "" "Process the work order's steps until the quality check step is reached. " "Click on the step to open a pop-up window that details how the check should " "be completed. After following the instructions, click :guilabel:`Validate` " "to complete the check. Alternatively, if a *Pass - Fail* check is being " "processed, click either the :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:147 msgid "" "It is also possible to complete a quality check by clicking the checkbox on " "the right side of the step. Doing so automatically marks the check as " "*Passed*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:151 msgid "" "The specific steps for processing a quality check depend upon the type of " "check being conducted. For information about processing each type of quality" " check, see the associated documentation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/instructions_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/pass_fail_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/measure_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`../quality_check_types/picture_check`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 msgid "Quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo, *quality control points* (QCPs), are used to automatically create " ":doc:`quality checks ` at predetermined intervals. |QCPs| " "can be configured to create quality checks for specific operations " "(manufacturing, delivery, etc.), as well as specific products within those " "operations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:16 msgid "" "Using |QCPs| allows quality teams to ensure products are being regularly " "inspected for defects and other issues." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 msgid "Configure quality control points" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 msgid "" "To create a new |QCP|, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality " "Control --> Control Points`, and then click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:25 msgid "" "Begin filling out the new |QCP| by entering a unique :guilabel:`Title` that " "makes the |QCP| easily identifiable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Products` field, select one or more products the |QCP| " "should apply to. If the |QCP| should apply to an entire product category, " "select it in the :guilabel:`Product Categories` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:32 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Operations` field, select the operation(s) that should " "trigger the |QCP|. For example, selecting the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` " "option in the :guilabel:`Operations` field causes a quality check to be " "created for new manufacturing orders (MOs)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 msgid "" "When creating a new |QCP|, at least one operation must be listed in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field. However, the :guilabel:`Products` and " ":guilabel:`Product Categories` fields can be left blank. If they are left " "blank, the |QCP| generates quality checks for every instance of the " "specified operation(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` operation is selected in the " ":guilabel:`Operations` field, a new field appears below it, titled " ":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`. From this field, select a specific work " "order to generate quality checks for that operation, rather than the " "manufacturing operation in general." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:47 msgid "" "For example, a |QCP| could be configured to create quality checks for the " "`Assembly` work order of the `Coffee Table` product. Then, if a new |MO| is " "confirmed for a `Coffee Table`, the |QCP| creates a quality check " "specifically for the `Assembly` operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:51 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Per` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *when* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:54 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Operation`: one check is requested for the specified operation, " "as a whole." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:55 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: one check is requested for each *unique* product " "included in the specified operation. For example, a delivery operation for " "one table and four chairs would generate two checks, since two *unique* " "products are included in the operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:58 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Quantity`: a check is requested for a certain percentage of items" " within the specified operation. This percentage is set by enabling the " ":guilabel:`Partial Transfer Test` checkbox, and then entering a numerical " "value in the :guilabel:`Percentage` field that appears below. If the " "checkbox is not enabled, one quality check is created for the full quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:63 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Control Frequency` field is set to one of three options that " "determine *how often* a new quality check is created:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:66 msgid "" ":guilabel:`All`: a quality check is requested every time the conditions of " "the |QCP| are met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Randomly`: a quality check is randomly requested for a certain " "percentage of operations, which can be specified in the :guilabel:`Every #% " "of Transfers` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Periodically`: a quality check is requested once every set period" " of time, which is specified by entering a numerical value in the field " "below, and choosing either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " ":guilabel:`Months` as the desired time interval." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:74 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Type` field, specify the type of quality check that should" " be performed. The method for processing quality checks created by the |QCP|" " depends upon the type of quality check selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:78 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Instructions` checks provide specific instructions for how to " "complete the quality check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Take a Picture` checks require a picture of the product be " "uploaded for later review by the assigned quality team." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:82 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Production` checks prompt manufacturing employees to " "confirm the quantity of the product that was produced during the " "manufacturing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` checks specify a criterion that products must meet " "for the check to pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:85 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Measure` checks prompt employees to record a measurement of the " "product that must be within a tolerance of a norm value for the check to " "pass." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:87 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Worksheet` checks provide an interactive worksheet that must be " "filled out by the employee processing the check." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:91 msgid "" "An *Instructions* check is the same as a step on a work order for an MO." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:93 msgid "" "When a step is added to a work order, Odoo stores it in the Quality app as a" " |QCP|. It is possible to manually create a |QCP| with the *Instructions* " "check type, and even assign it to an operation other than manufacturing, " "like receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:97 msgid "" "However, when creating a control point specifically for quality control " "purposes, using a different check type is probably more effective." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:100 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Team` field, specify the quality team that is responsible " "for managing the |QCP|, and the quality checks it creates. If a specific " "quality team member is responsible for the |QCP|, select them in the " ":guilabel:`Responsible` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:104 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Step Document` field has two options that specify the " "location of an instructional document detailing how to complete the quality " "checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:107 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Specific Page of Operation Worksheet` if the document is " "included with the instructional worksheet for the work order, then enter the" " page number in the :guilabel:`Worksheet Page` field that appears below." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:111 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Custom` if the document should be included in the " ":guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:114 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Instructions` tab at the bottom of the form, enter " "instructions for how to complete the quality checks created by the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:117 msgid "" "If the :guilabel:`Custom` option was selected in the :guilabel:`Step " "Document` field above, a document can be attached in this tab. To do so, " "either select the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button to open the device's " "file manager, and then select a file, or add a link to a Google Slides " "document in the :guilabel:`Google Slide Link` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:122 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Message If Failure` tab, include instructions for what to " "do if the quality check fails. For example, instruct the employee processing" " the quality check to create a :doc:`quality alert `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:126 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Notes` tab is used to provide additional information about " "the |QCP|, like the reason it was created. The information entered in this " "tab is **not** shown to employees processing the quality checks created by " "the |QCP|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 msgid "" "A QCP configured to create Pass - Fail checks for a work order operation." msgstr ""